UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, DC 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

x

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014

¨

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                     to                     

COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 001-35811

 

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

46-1282634

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(IRS Employer

Identification No.)

15438 North Florida Avenue, Suite 201

Tampa, Florida 33613

(Address of principal executive offices) (zip code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code:

(877) 376-5831

 

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OF THE ACT:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share

 

NASDAQ Global Market

SECURITIES REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(g) OF THE ACT: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.     Yes  ¨    No   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

  

Accelerated filer

 

¨

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  

Smaller reporting company

 

x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2).     Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A and Class B common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant, as of June 30, 2014, was approximately $59.9 million. Such aggregate market value was computed by reference to the closing price of the Class A common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Market on June 30, 2014.

As of March 12, 2015, there were 7,796,989 shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share, outstanding and 6,841,667 shares of the registrant’s Class B common stock, $0.001 par value per share, outstanding.

Documents incorporated by reference: Portions of the definitive proxy statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant to be filed subsequently with the SEC are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent indicated herein.

 

 

 

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

INTRODUCTION

  

1

 

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  

1

 

PART I

 

 

  

2

 

ITEM 1.

 

BUSINESS

  

2

 

ITEM 1A.

 

RISK FACTORS

  

12

 

ITEM 1B.

 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

  

28

 

ITEM 2.

 

PROPERTIES

  

28

 

ITEM 3.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

  

29

 

ITEM 4.

 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

  

29

 

PART II

 

 

  

30

 

ITEM 5.

 

 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

  

30

 

ITEM 6.

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

  

32

 

ITEM 7.

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  

32

 

ITEM 7A.

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

  

45

 

ITEM 8.

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

  

45

 

ITEM 9.

 

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

  

46

 

ITEM 9A.

 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

  

46

 

ITEM 9B.

 

OTHER INFORMATION

  

47

 

PART III

 

 

  

48

 

ITEM 10.

 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

  

48

 

ITEM 11.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  

48

 

ITEM 12.

 

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

  

48

 

ITEM 13.

 

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

  

48

 

ITEM 14.

 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

  

48

 

PART IV

 

 

  

49

 

ITEM 15.

 

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

  

49

 

SIGNATURES

 

 

  

84

 

 

 

 


INTRODUCTION

In this annual report, unless the context suggests otherwise, references to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (1) prior to the February 13, 2013 closing of an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Class A common stock of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and related transactions, to Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC (“HPI”) and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the IPO and related transactions, to Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The terms “HII”, “HPIH”, and “ICE” refer to the stand-alone entities Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC, and Insurance Center for Excellence, LLC, respectively. The term “Secured” refers to (a) prior to or at the time of their July 17, 2013 acquisition by us, Sunrise Health Plans, Inc., Sunrise Group Marketing, Inc. and Secured Software Solutions, Inc., collectively, and (b) following our July 17, 2013 acquisition, the entities described in (a) and the limited liability companies into which such entities were converted shortly following such acquisition. The term “SIL” refers to Simple Insurance Leads LLC, a partially owned venture we and a third party formed in June 2013 and which commenced operations in October 2013. The terms “HealthPocket” or “HP” refer to HealthPocket, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary which was acquired by HPIH on July 14, 2014. The term “ASIA” refers to American Service Insurance Agency LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary which was acquired by HPIH on August 8, 2014. HPIH, ICE, Secured, SIL, HP and ASIA are consolidated subsidiaries of HII.

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements in “Item 1. Business”, “Item 1A. Risk Factors,” “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and in other sections of this report that are forward-looking statements. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this report are forward-looking statements. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “may,” “might,” “will,” “should,” “expects,” “plans,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “predicts,” “potential” or “continue,” the negative of these terms and other comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance, our anticipated growth strategies, anticipated trends in our business and other future events or circumstances. These statements are only predictions based on our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements and other future events or circumstances to differ materially from the results, level of activity, performance or achievements, events or circumstances expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements, including those factors discussed “Item 1A. Risk Factors”.

We cannot guarantee future results, level of activity, performance, achievements, events or circumstances. We disclaim any intention or duty, other than imposed by law, to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this report to conform our prior statements to actual results or revised expectations.

 

 

 

1


PART I

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a leading developer, distributor and virtual administrator of affordable, cloud-based individual health insurance plans and ancillary products. Our subsidiary HealthPocket is a comprehensive consumer comparison shopping website for health insurance plans.  

Health Insurance and Ancillary Products

We are an industry leader in the sale of short-term medical (“STM”) insurance plans, which provide up to six, eleven or twelve months of health insurance coverage with a wide range of deductible and copay levels. STM plans generally offer qualifying individuals comparable benefits for fixed short-term durations with premiums that are substantially less than the premiums of individual major medical (“IMM”) plans which offer lifetime renewable coverage. STM plans feature a streamlined underwriting process offering immediate coverage options.

Our sales of STM products are supplemented with additional production offerings. In addition to STM plans, we offer guaranteed-issue and underwritten hospital indemnity plans for individuals under the age of 65, which pay fixed cash benefits for covered procedures and services and a variety of ancillary products such as pharmacy benefit cards, dental plans, vision plans, cancer/critical illness plans, and life insurance policies that are frequently purchased as supplements to STM and hospital indemnity plans. We also offer supplemental deductible and gap protection plans for consumers whose IMM plans may not cover certain medical expenses until high deductibles are met.

We design and structure these products on behalf of insurance carriers and market them to individuals through our internal and external distribution network. We manage member relations via our online member portal, which is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Our online enrollment process allows us to aggregate and analyze consumer data and purchasing habits to track market trends and drive product innovation.

Our scalable, proprietary, and web-based technology platform provides customers, whom we refer to as members, immediate access to the products we sell through our distribution partners. The health insurance products we develop are underwritten by insurance carriers, and we assume no underwriting, insurance or reimbursement risk. Members can tailor product selections to meet their personal insurance and budget needs, buy policies and print policy documents and identification cards in real-time. Our technology platform uses abbreviated online applications, some with health questionnaires, to provide an immediate accept or reject decision for products that we offer. Once an application is accepted, individuals can use our automated payment system to complete the enrollment process and obtain instant electronic access to their policy fulfillment documents, including the insurance policy, benefits schedule and identification cards. We receive credit card and Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) payments directly from members at the time of sale. Our technology platform provides operating leverage as we add members and reduces the costs associated with marketing, selling, underwriting and administering policies.

Our sales of STM and ancillary products focus on the large and under-penetrated segment of the U.S. population who are uninsured or underinsured, which includes individuals not covered by employer-sponsored insurance plans, such as the self-employed as well as small business owners and their employees, individuals who are unable to afford IMM premiums, underserved “gap populations” that require insurance due to changes caused by life events: new graduates, divorcees, early retirees, military discharges, the unemployed, part-time and seasonal employees and customers seeking health insurance between the open enrollment periods held each year by the health insurance exchanges (the “Exchanges”) created under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (“PPACA”).

HealthPocket

We acquired HealthPocket in July 2014. HealthPocket provides consumers with access to its leading health insurance information search and comparison technology through its website, HealthPocket.com. This free website allows consumers to easily and clearly compare and rank all health insurance plans available for an individual, family, or small business, empowering consumers to make health plan decisions and reduce their out of pocket costs. HealthPocket also enhances our consolidated business operations by aggregating high-quality product sales referrals for STM and other health insurance products and ancillary products. We can monetize these referrals by selling them to third-party marketers of non-STM products and by turning STM referrals into sales of our STM products. In addition, the data aggregated by HealthPocket is used to research consumer needs and to measure product demand to help us design and manufacture high-demand insurance products.

2


Health Insurance Industry and Market Opportunity

We believe ongoing changes in the health insurance industry have expanded and reshaped our target market and that changes will continue. For example, PPACA and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (“HCERA”), which we refer to, collectively, as “Healthcare Reform,” have presented a broad segment of the population with new requirements, including a mandate requiring most individuals to carry health insurance or face tax penalties; tax credits and subsidies for the policy premium costs of IMM plans for qualifying individuals; the establishment of a mandatory set of 10 Essential Health Benefits for IMM plans; a mandate that certain employers with over 50 employees offer most of their employees group health insurance coverage or face tax penalties; prohibitions against insurance companies that offer IMM insurance plans using pre-existing health conditions as a reason to deny an application for health insurance; and medical loss ratio (“MLR”) requirements that require each health insurance carrier to spend a certain percentage of its IMM premium revenue on reimbursement for clinical services and activities that improve healthcare quality. These new requirements have had numerous effects on the insurance market, including a dramatic increase in the unsubsidized average premium for IMM plans as compared to the pre-reform IMM market. As a provider of STM plans, we benefit from the exemption of medical plans with durations less than one year from the MLR requirements but are hindered by its individual mandate-associated tax penalties, which are not avoided through STM plans.

We believe that the implementation of Healthcare Reform has increased the number of Americans in the individual health insurance market. We believe this increase will be primarily driven by two key factors: some employers dropping group coverage and some portion of the additional 48 million uninsured Americans entering the individual insurance market. According to U.S. Census Bureau estimates, 54.9% of the population was covered by employer-sponsored insurance in 2012.When the mandate becomes effective, the estimated penalty employers will face for not providing their employees coverage is $2,000 per employee for employers with over 50 full time equivalent employees (there is no penalty for employers with less than 50 employees), which is significantly less than the estimated price currently paid for employee coverage ($9,000 to $14,000 per employee). According to a Robert Wood Johnson Foundation sponsored study, the employer-sponsored insurance market already “has been declining for more than a decade — a trend that accelerated during the time of the Great Recession (December 2007 to June 2009).” Additionally, STM plans’ wide acceptance among healthcare providers provide additional consumer value at a time when many PPACA health plans are utilizing smaller networks of healthcare providers to control costs.  We believe certain dynamics in the health insurance industry present an opportunity to increase our market share in the individual health insurance market. For example, the minimum MLR thresholds require that IMM carriers use 80% of all premiums collected to pay claims for small group plans and individual policyholders and 85% for large group plans. This has significantly reduced distributor commission rates on IMM policies, forcing many distributors to abandon the traditional face-to-face IMM sales model. Beginning in 2014, IMM carriers are also subject to a pre-existing condition mandate, requiring them to accept all customers regardless of their pre-existing conditions, which will further increase the cost of IMM coverage. Unlike IMM plans, our STM products are exempt from the minimum MLR thresholds, “must-carry” pre-existing conditions requirements, and ten mandatory Essential Health Benefits under Healthcare Reform, allowing us to offer more attractive commission rates to our distributors while providing products with average premiums significantly lower than unsubsidized PPACA health plans.

In addition, Healthcare Reform also required the establishment of Exchanges where individuals can select and purchase health insurance plans. The U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has reported that 11.4 million individuals had signed up for health insurance policies through the Exchanges for the 2015 annual enrollment period. We believe that these Exchanges will further the transition from group-based insurance coverage to individual health insurance coverage and that our STM products will be an attractive option to non-subsidized Exchange health insurance policies. Moreover, studies have shown that consumers are increasingly accessing the Internet to find affordable health insurance solutions. The current number of Internet users in the United States continues to grow and, according to a report published by Pew Research Center, represented 85% of the population in 2013. In addition, according to the same survey, 72% of Internet users looked online for information related to health insurance.

We intend to aggressively pursue opportunities to help consumers identify our STM products as the right choice for healthcare coverage, and we believe our technology platform, product focus and industry expertise will allow us to gain an increasing share of this growing market.

Our Strategy

Our objective is to continue to expand our business and increase our presence in the affordable, web-based health insurance solutions market. Our principal strategies to meet this objective are:

·

Drive Continuous Product Innovation. We constantly strive to diversify our product portfolio to provide consumers with more choices for their insurance needs. In addition to our long-standing relationships with our insurance carrier partners, we continue to develop relationships with new partners to improve and increase our product mix to help our customers find the right insurance coverage at the right price points while providing new revenue streams to the Company.

3


·

Enhance the Consumer Experience. We believe our business benefits from the increasing trend of Internet use by individuals to research and initiate the purchase of health insurance and that our target market is increasingly researching and applying for health insurance products online and shifting away from more traditional buying patterns.

·

Online sales experience via AgileHealthInsurance.com. In 2015, we plan to launch a direct-to-consumer insurance web site that will help consumers research health insurance trends, comparison shop, and purchase insurance under the AgileHealthInsurance™ brand. AgileHealthInsurance.com will be one of the first internet sites dedicated to helping consumers understand the benefits of Term Health Insurance.  We use the term Term Health Insurance to refer to health insurance products of less than one year in duration, including STM and certain ancillary products. These new plans are the culmination of extensive research on health insurance needs in the PPACA era, and we believe consumers will be able to find the lowest prices for these plans on AgileHealthInsurance.com. AgileHealthInsurance will be launching what we believe will be a best-of-class plan comparison and online enrollment tool, to accompany these new plans. The underlying technology has been developed by engineers with decades of experience working on top-tier e-Commerce web sites known for their ease-of-use. The website will include research on Term Health Insurance topics that will be available to the public for free. Term Health Insurance is a health insurance product that covers doctor visits, hospitalizations, emergency care, lab tests, x-rays, and other common medical needs. The AgileHealthInsurance business will be operated in Silicon Valley and will share resources with the HP team.  

·

Online Health Insurance Search and Comparison with HealthPocket. The addition of HealthPocket to our business provides consumers with what we believe is one of the most comprehensive sources of online information related to health insurance plans, aiding in their health insurance decision-making. HealthPocket.com’s easy-to-use interface allows consumers to compare different health insurance plan options and includes research articles and other resources about health insurance, health care and their options as consumers.

·

Strengthen and Grow Distribution Channels. The extensive distribution network we access includes owned and independent call centers that utilize licensed agents to sell insurance products. We operate three owned call centers: ICE and Secured in Florida, and ASIA in Texas. The majority of our sales come from owned or exclusive call centers, and we believe that this creates an advantage for the company that allows us to more rapidly and efficiently bring to market and sell new and existing products. Over the past three years, we have aggressively grown our distribution network and will continue to make growth of our distribution network a focus.  As measured by the number of call center agents, our distribution network grew significantly in 2014. As of December 31, 2014 our distribution network consisted of 110 licensed call centers and 279 wholesalers that work with over 17,000 licensed brokers. This compares to 93 licensed call centers, 232 wholesalers and 10,700 licensed brokers as of December 31, 2013. We offer an appealing, incentive-based compensation structure to our distributors that we believe motivates distributors to partner with us. By continuing to offer highly competitive commission rates and advance commission arrangements, we believe we will continue to attract new distributors as the insurance marketplace continues to evolve, and we intend to continue to grow our distributor relationships.

·

Leverage the Acquisition of HealthPocket.  In addition to the advantages HealthPocket provides to consumers, HealthPocket will enhance our consolidated business operations. Utilizing HealthPocket’s data aggregation technology, we can measure consumer trends in searching for insurance information to find demand for certain products. We can utilize this data, along with the data mined from A.R.I.E.S, to help us build insurance products that are valuable and sought after by consumers which we believe will drive revenue growth. Another significant area of leverage as a result of the HealthPocket acquisition is utilization of the HealthPocket team to design the technology platform for the AgileHealthInsurance business. The HealthPocket team has significant experience in the design and operation of direct-to-consumer internet-based businesses.

Our Competitive Strengths

Proprietary, Web-Based, Direct-to-Consumer Technology Platforms

Since we began operations in 2008, we have invested significant financial and human resources in building a unique and scalable proprietary, web-based technology platform. Our technology represents a distinct competitive advantage as it reduces the need for customer care agents, the time associated with billing, underwriting, fulfillment, sale and marketing and provides significant operating leverage as we add members and product offerings. We have acquired the intellectual property rights to certain software-based technologies as further explained below.

4


Automated Real-Time Integrated E System (“A.R.I.E.S”)

A.R.I.E.S. is our proprietary product, distribution, and customer management platform.  We believe A.R.I.E.S represents a distinct competitive advantage as it reduces the need for customer care agents and provides significant operating leverage as we add members and product offerings. The A.R.I.E.S. platform processes and combines data that is used in insurance plan and product design, sales and distribution of our products and product bundles, member services, business and regulatory compliance, and general reporting. Key elements of A.R.I.E.S include:

·

Quote-Buy-Print. Individuals access our technology platform through our distribution partners and can quote products and buy and print their policy documents and identification cards anytime, anyplace.

·

Automated Underwriting. The entire underwriting process is handled by A.R.I.E.S. through the use of health questionnaires approved by the insurance carriers. Because our STM products are largely targeted to healthy individuals who do not have pre-existing conditions, we do not have a traditional underwriting department. Underwriting is an immediate accept or reject decision based on a prospective member’s answers to an abbreviated online health-related questionnaire.

·

Multiple Value-Added Products. Consumers can purchase multiple plans and specialty products with the click of a button. Consumers are able to supplement our core STM and hospital indemnity offerings with ancillary products such as pharmacy benefit cards, dental plans, vision plans and cancer/critical illness plans. Our technology platform makes it possible for us to instantly offer these bundled products to fit member needs.

·

Turn-Key Solution. Our technology platform is a turnkey solution, allowing distributors to tailor their offering to meet member needs and can be customized to enhance the experience of an affinity group or employer.

·

Payment. Through our online platform, we receive credit card ACH payments directly from members at the time of sale.

·

Member Services. Members have the ability to log-in and change payment information and print new identification cards, all without the need of a customer service representative.

·

Verification and Compliance. We have adopted EchoSign technology from Adobe, Inc. which streamlines compliance by providing real-time verification to our members’ mobile devices. This technology has allowed us to further automate our compliance program, enhancing quality while minimizing overhead and allowing us to offer higher commissions to our distributors. We also employ the HiiVe technology system, which streamlines compliance by providing real-time sales scripting and monitoring for distributors to ensure customers are making informed purchase decisions. The HiiVe compliance system enables us to record each enrollment phone call, retrieve archived calls within seconds and score calls based on script adherence.

HealthPocket.com

HealthPocket.com provides consumers with access to leading health insurance information search and comparison technology, allowing consumers to compare and rank health insurance plans for an individual, family or small business, empowering consumers to make health plan decisions and reduce their out of pocket costs. HealthPocket.com’s significant technology advantages include:

·

Leading data aggregation technology. We believe the size of HealthPocket.com's content far exceeds government exchanges as well as commercial website alternatives. HealthPocket.com uses only objective data from government, non-profit, and private sources that carry no conditions that might restrict the site from serving as an unbiased resource.

·

Search technology. HealthPocket.com’s search and comparison technologies and user-friendly interface make it easy for consumers to find and sort their health plan options.

·

Proprietary health plan rankings. HealthPocket.com’s proprietary health plan rankings help consumers select the specific plan that best meets their unique needs.

Established Long-Standing Insurance Carrier Relationships  

One of our core strengths is our deep integration with some of the leading insurance carriers in the United States, which enables us to offer our STM, hospital indemnity and ancillary products on our technology platform. We have entered into written contracts with each of these carriers pursuant to which we are authorized to sell the carriers’ health plans and ancillary products in exchange for the payment of commissions that vary by carrier and by plan. These contracts are typically non-exclusive and terminable on short notice by either party for any reason. In some cases, the amendment or termination of an agreement we have with a health insurance carrier may impact the commissions we are paid on health insurance plans and products that we have already sold through the carrier.

5


Our management team has developed close relationships with the senior management teams of many of our insurance carriers. We believe that the nature of our relationships with our insurance carriers, combined with our product knowledge and technology platform, allow us to provide value-added products to our members. Our relationships with highly rated insurance carriers include HCC Life Insurance Company, Companion Life Insurance Company, Standard Life and Accident Insurance Company, Nationwide Mutual Insurance and US Health Group, among others. We also continue to develop relationships with new carriers to help us expand our product portfolio.

Extensive Long-Term Relationships with Licensed Insurance Distributors

We believe our product expertise, our relationships with multiple insurance carriers, our focus on compliance and our technology platforms make us a partner of choice for our distributors. We have extensive knowledge of the individual health insurance products that we design and fulfill, which allows us to assist our distributor partners in placing business. Our management team has built a broad distribution network and continuously adds new independent distributors.

Seasoned Management Team

Our management team has substantial experience and long-standing relationships developed over long periods in the insurance and online insurance marketing industries. Our management team draws on its industry experience to identify opportunities to expand our business and collaborate with insurance carriers and distributors to help develop products and respond to market trends.

Our Products

Our differentiated product offering allows us to build leading positions in our target markets for insurance products and related services. The key products we provide include:

·

Short-Term Medical Plans. Our STM plans cover individuals for up to 364 days with a wide range of co-pay and deductible options at approximately half the cost of IMM plans. Because the STM plans we offer are not required to pay the ongoing medical benefit cost associated with pre-existing and often chronic health conditions, and since STM policies terminate after their initial term, these policies have been designed by us with substantially lower customer premiums as compared with Exchange or off-Exchange IMM insurance. STM plans generally offer similar benefits for qualifying individuals as IMM plans. For example, both STM plans and IMM plans offer a choice of deductibles, a choice of coinsurance, coverage for emergency room care, surgeries, x-rays, lab work, diagnostics, doctor office co-payments, and preferred provider organization network discounts. However, while IMM plans cover prescription drugs, pre-existing conditions and preventive care, STM plans provide optional coverage for prescription drugs and do not cover pre-existing conditions or preventive care unless such coverage is mandated by the state. STM plans also do not cover certain medical events such as pregnancy. Additionally, while IMM plans have guaranteed renewability and can be of a permanent duration, the issuance of a subsequent STM plan is not guaranteed and STM plans have a limited duration of up to 12 months.

·

Hospital Indemnity Plans. Our hospital indemnity plans provide a daily cash benefit for hospital treatment and doctor office visits as well as accidental injury and death or dismemberment benefits. The claims process for hospital indemnity plans is streamlined: the member simply provides proof of hospitalization and the carrier pays the benefits. These policies are primarily used by customers who do not have adequate health insurance and do not qualify for our STM plans or who wish to supplement existing coverage, typically in conjunction with high deductible plans.

·

Ancillary Products. We provide numerous low-cost ancillary insurance products, including pharmacy benefit cards, dental plans, vision plans and cancer/critical illness plans. These are typically monthly policies with automatic renewal.  We also offer Deductible and Gap Protection Plans. These plans help customers with accident expenses that their PPACA or IMM plans may not cover until full deductibles are met, as well as healthcare services not necessarily included in their PPACA coverage.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales and marketing initiatives primarily consist of hiring experienced sales professionals to strengthen our relationships with existing and potential third-party distributors, implementing marketing campaigns and attending industry-sponsored events. We utilize our owned call centers - Secured, ICE, and ASIA - and exclusive and non-exclusive independent third-party distributors to market our products directly to potential members. Our sales and marketing activities also include internal referral generation and acquisition, customer referrals and online marketing. We focus on building brand awareness among our distributors and members, increasing the number of distributors and converting sales leads into buyers.

6


Seasonality

Our business of marketing STM and ancillary plans is subject to seasonal fluctuations that we believe have been impacted by Healthcare Reform. Prior to 2013, we experienced a higher volume of new member enrollment from graduating students during the third fiscal quarter when such students purchase our products, producing a seasonal increase in revenue, and a lower volume of new member enrollment during the fourth quarter due to the holiday season. In 2013, the volume of new member enrollment in the fourth quarter increased due to the effectiveness of the individual insurance mandate of Healthcare Reform beginning in 2014. Under Healthcare Reform, PPACA is proposing to hold open enrollment periods during the first quarter of 2015, the fourth quarter of 2015 and the first quarter of 2016, at which time individuals can enroll in individual insurance programs. During the times that these open enrollment periods are closed, we have the capability to sell our STM products as an alternative health insurance option for consumers who are ineligible for plans offered by PPACA. Other seasonality trends may develop and the existing seasonality and consumer behavior that we experience may change as the implementation of Healthcare Reform continues and our markets continue to change. For instance, we believe that HealthPocket will be a largely seasonal business as a higher level of traffic to HealthPocket.com will come during the Medicare and PPACA open-enrollment periods.

Competition

The market for selling insurance products is highly competitive and the sale of health insurance over the Internet is rapidly evolving. We compete with individuals and entities that offer and sell health insurance products utilizing traditional distribution channels, as well as the Internet. Our current or potential competitors include:

Traditional local insurance agents. There are tens of thousands of local insurance agents across the United States who sell health insurance products in their communities. We believe that the vast majority of these local agents offer health insurance without significantly utilizing the Internet or technology other than simple desktop applications such as word processing and spreadsheet programs. Some traditional insurance agents, however, utilize general agents that offer online quoting services and other tools to obtain quotes from multiple carriers and prepare electronic benefit proposals to share with their potential customers. These general agents typically offer their services only for the small and mid-sized group markets (not the individual and family markets) and operate in only a limited geographic region. Additionally, some local agents use the Internet to acquire new consumer referrals from companies that have expertise in Internet marketing. These “lead aggregator” companies utilize keyword search, primarily paid keyword search listings on Google, Bing and Yahoo! and other forms of Internet advertising, to drive Internet traffic to the lead aggregator’s website. The lead aggregator then collects and sells consumer information to agents and, to a lesser extent, to carriers, both of whom endeavor to close the referrals through traditional offline sales methods.

Health insurance carriers’ “direct-to-member” sales. Some carriers directly market and sell their plans and products to consumers through call centers and their own websites. Although we offer health insurance plans and products for many of these carriers, they also can compete with us by offering their products directly to consumers. Most of these carriers have superior brand recognition, extensive marketing budgets and significant financial resources to influence consumer preferences for searching and buying health insurance online. The carriers we choose to represent, however, do not have a competitive price advantage over us. Because individual and family plan health insurance prices are regulated in all U.S. jurisdictions, a consumer is entitled to pay the same price for a particular plan, whether the consumer purchased the plan directly from one of our carrier companies or from us.

Online agents. There are a number of agents that operate websites and provide a limited online shopping experience for consumers interested in purchasing health insurance (e.g., online quoting of health insurance product prices). Most of these online agents operate in only one or very few states, and some represent only one or a limited number of health insurance carriers. Some online agents also sell non-health insurance products such as auto insurance, life insurance and home insurance.

Exchanges. Government-administered Exchanges have been established under Healthcare Reform where individuals can select and purchase health insurance plans. These Exchanges have not been in existence for sufficient duration to forecast reliably their usage by consumers. However, the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services has reported that 11.4 million individuals had signed up for health insurance policies through the Exchanges for the 2015 annual enrollment period. In addition, press accounts of private exchanges indicate that private companies have established their own websites modeled after the Exchanges required by Healthcare Reform.

National insurance brokers. Although insurance brokers have traditionally not focused on the affordable STM market, they may enter our markets and could compete with us. These large agencies have existing relationships with many of our carrier companies, are licensed nationwide and have large customer bases and significant financial, technical and marketing resources to compete in our markets. Some of these large agencies and financial services companies have partnered with us in order to offer our services to their customer and member bases.

7


We believe the principal factors that determine our competitive advantage in the online distribution of health insurance include the following:

·

value added healthcare products;

·

strength of carrier relationships and depth of technology integration with carriers;

·

proprietary, web-based technology platform;

·

data-driven product design;

·

highly automated compliance program;

·

strength of distribution relationships; and

·

proven capabilities measured in years of delivering sales and creating and using reliable technology.

Intellectual Property

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, and to operate our business without infringing or violating the intellectual property or proprietary rights of others. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, domain names, and trade secrets, intellectual property licenses and other contractual rights (including confidentiality and non-disclosure agreements), including our proprietary technology. However, these intellectual property rights may not prevent others from creating a competitive online platform or otherwise competing with us.

For more information see Item 1A. Risk Factors—“We rely on third-party vendors to develop, host, maintain, service and enhance our technology platform” and Item 1A. Risk Factors—“Our failure to obtain, maintain and enforce the intellectual property rights on which our business depends could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.”

Strategic Acquisitions and Other Transactions

Part of our continuing business strategy is to acquire, or invest in, companies, products or technologies that complement our current products, enhance our market coverage, technical capabilities or production capacity, or offer growth opportunities. During 2014, we acquired all the outstanding equity of HP, and all the outstanding membership interests of ASIA. During 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding equity of Secured; formed a joint venture, SIL; and acquired the remaining interest in ICE not previously owned by us.

In August 2014, we acquired all the outstanding membership interests of ASIA from its sole member. In consideration for this acquisition, we made a cash payment of $1.8 million and agreed to pay up to $2.2 million in contingent consideration payable in cash. This amount is payable in two cash payments of $1.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, if ASIA attains certain amounts of adjusted EBITDA (as defined by the Purchase Agreement) during each of the periods from September 1, 2014 through August 31, 2015, and September 1, 2015 through August 31, 2016. In addition, the previous sole member entered into employment with us. This transaction is expected to increase the efficiency of our distribution network, reduce enterprise risk from enhanced oversight of our distribution, add sales lead management expertise and provide technological and cost-saving synergies. There can be no assurance that our goals for this acquisition will be achieved.

In July 2014, we acquired all the outstanding equity of HP. In consideration for this acquisition we made a cash payment of approximately $21.9 million and 900,900 shares of Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share, with such shares of the Class A common stock having an agreed upon aggregate value of $10.0 million, or $11.10 per share. Under the terms of the Merger Agreements, the former equity holders of HP may elect to receive cash or shares of our Class A common stock. Two majority shareholders have agreed to accept cash and common stock, including 50% each of any of the shares that were issued as part of the aggregate consideration that are not elected to be received as consideration by other former HP equity holders. In addition the majority shareholders entered into employment with us. This transaction is expected to provide us with additional benefits such as increased and ongoing sales referrals that we will own, broad consumer and industry data to facilitate our entry into new markets and revenue streams, advanced health information technology to position us to better assist our stakeholders, including customers, insurance brokers and insurance carriers, and other technological and operational synergies. There can be no assurance that our goals for this acquisition will be achieved.

In 2013, we and a third party formed SIL, a consolidated entity intended to procure sales leads for us and our independent distributors. We have made $492,000 in contributions to SIL as of December 31, 2014 under our related agreement. The third party is not required to make any equity contributions. As long as all of our capital contributions have not been returned to us, we may cause SIL to take any significant actions affecting SIL’s day-to-day operations, or cause the sale of assets or liquidation of SIL, without the consent of SIL’s other member. The goal of SIL is to procure sales leads to distribute to us and to our independent distributors. There can be no assurance that our goals for this venture will be achieved.

8


In July 2013, we acquired all of the outstanding equity in Secured. Each Secured entity was converted to a limited liability company shortly after closing. In consideration for this acquisition we made a cash payment of $10.0 million and agreed to pay contingent consideration. As subsequently amended, this contingent consideration consists of cash payments in an aggregate amount up to $6.6 million. In addition, certain principals of Secured entered into employment with us. Secured was previously one of our largest independent distributors, with an established call center facility. The operating results of Secured are a part of our consolidated results of operations from the date of acquisition and has consequently reduced commission payments that we would otherwise be required to make. The goal of this acquisition is to increase the efficiency of our distribution network, reduce enterprise risk from enhanced oversight of our distribution, add sales lead management expertise and provide technological and cost-saving synergies. There can be no assurance that our goals for this acquisition will be achieved.

In June 2013, we acquired the outstanding equity interest not already owned by us in ICE. ICE is a licensed call center and call center training facility that we formed with a third party in June 2012. Its results of operations have been consolidated with ours since formation. The purchase price of the outstanding minority interest was $90,000. Our goal for ICE is to enhance our ability to train prospective call center managers to become exclusive distributors of the products that we sell under long-term agreements. There can be no assurance that our goal for this entity will be achieved.

Healthcare Laws and Regulations

Our business is subject to extensive, complex and rapidly changing federal and state laws and regulations. Various federal and state agencies have discretion to issue regulations and interpret and enforce healthcare laws. While we believe we comply in all material respects with applicable healthcare laws and regulations, these regulations can vary significantly from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, and interpretation of existing laws and regulations may change. Federal and state legislatures also may enact various legislative proposals that could materially impact certain aspects of our business. The following are summaries of key federal and state laws and regulations that impact our operations:

Healthcare Reform

In March 2010, Healthcare Reform was signed into law. Healthcare Reform contains provisions that have changed and will continue to change the health insurance industry in substantial ways. For example, Healthcare Reform includes a mandate requiring individuals to be insured or face tax penalties; a mandate that employers with over 50 employees offer their employees group health insurance coverage or face tax penalties; prohibitions against insurance companies that offer IMM plans using pre-existing health conditions as a reason to deny an application for health insurance; MLR requirements that require each health insurance carrier to spend a certain percentage of their premium revenue on reimbursement for clinical services and activities that improve healthcare quality; establishment of Exchanges to facilitate access to, and the purchase of, health insurance; and subsidies and cost-sharing credits to make health insurance more affordable for those below certain income levels.

Healthcare Reform amended various provisions in many federal laws, including the Internal Revenue Code, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 and the Public Health Services Act. Healthcare Reform is being implemented by the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Labor and the Department of Treasury. Many of the PPACA regulations became effective on or before January 1, 2014. The Exchanges began enrolling members in October 2013. In early 2014, the mandate that requires employers with over 50 employees to offer their employees PPACA-compliant employer-sponsored group health insurance coverage or face tax penalties was delayed until 2015 for companies with 100 or more employees and until 2016 for companies with 50 to 99 employees.

Although the Supreme Court of the United States upheld Healthcare Reform’s mandate requiring individuals to purchase health insurance in 2012, some uncertainty about whether parts of Healthcare Reform or PPACA regulations will remain in effect or be further amended is expected to continue with the possibility of future litigation with respect to certain provisions as well as legislative efforts to repeal and defund portions of Healthcare Reform or Healthcare Reform in its entirety. We cannot predict the outcome of any future legislation or litigation related to Healthcare Reform. As described under “Item 1. Business—Health Insurance Industry and Market Opportunity,” Healthcare Reform has resulted in profound changes to the individual health insurance market and our business, and we expect these changes to continue.

Anti-Kickback Laws

In the United States, there are federal and state anti-kickback laws that generally prohibit the payment or receipt of kickbacks, bribes or other remuneration given with the intent to induce the referral of patients or other health-care program related business. The federal Anti-Kickback Statute makes it unlawful for individuals or entities to knowingly and willfully offer, pay, solicit, or receive any remuneration, directly or indirectly, to induce or reward referrals of items or services reimbursable by a federal healthcare program. Where remuneration is paid purposefully to induce or reward referrals of items or services payable by a federal healthcare program, the Anti-Kickback Statue is violated. For purposes of the Anti-Kickback Statute, “remuneration” includes the transfer of anything of value, directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind. There are also state law corollaries to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute. Penalties for violations include criminal penalties and civil sanctions such as fines, imprisonment, and possible exclusion from federal healthcare programs.

9


Federal Civil False Claims Act and State False Claims Laws

The federal civil False Claims Act imposes liability on any person or entity who, among other things, knowingly presents, or causes to be presented, a false or fraudulent claim for payment by a federal healthcare program. The “qui tam” or “whistleblower” provisions of the False Claims Act allow a private individual to bring actions on behalf of the federal government alleging that the defendant has submitted a false claim to the federal government, and to share in any monetary recovery. There are also state law corollaries to the federal False Claims Act. Our future activities relating to the manner in which we sell and market our services may be subject to scrutiny under these laws.

HIPAA, Privacy and Data Security Regulations

By processing data on behalf of our clients and customers, we are subject to specific compliance obligations under privacy and data security-related laws, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (“HIPAA”), the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act (the “HITECH Act”), and related state laws. We are also subject to federal and state security breach notification laws, as well as state laws regulating the processing of protected personal information, including laws governing the collection, use and disclosure of social security numbers and related identifiers.

The regulations that implement HIPAA and the HITECH Act establish uniform standards governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of individually identifiable health information maintained or transmitted by healthcare providers, health plans, and healthcare clearinghouses, all of which are referred to as “covered entities,” and their “business associates” (which is anyone who performs a service on behalf of a covered entity involving the use or disclosure of protected health information and is not a member of the covered entity’s workforce). Our carrier companies’ and our clients’ health plans generally will be covered entities, and as their business associate they may ask us to contractually comply with certain aspects of these standards by entering into requisite business associate agreements. Under the new HIPAA regulations, business associates and covered entities can each be held individually responsible for privacy and data security breaches.

As part of the payment-related aspects of our business, we may also undertake security-related obligations arising out of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and the Payment Card Industry guidelines applicable to card systems. These requirements generally require safeguards for the protection of personal and other payment related information.

HIPAA Healthcare Fraud Standards

The HIPAA healthcare fraud statute created a class of federal crimes known as the “federal healthcare offenses,” including healthcare fraud and false statements relating to healthcare matters. The HIPAA healthcare fraud statute prohibits, among other things, executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program while the HIPAA false statements statute prohibits, among other things, concealing a material fact or making a materially false statement in connection with the payment for healthcare benefits, items or services. Entities that are found to have aided or abetted in a violation of the HIPAA federal healthcare offenses are deemed by statute to have committed the offense and are punishable as a principal.

State Privacy Laws

In addition to federal regulations issued under HIPAA, some states have enacted privacy and security statutes or regulations, or State Privacy Laws, that govern the use and disclosure of a person’s medical information or records and, in some cases, are more stringent than those issued under HIPAA. These State Privacy Laws include regulation of health insurance providers and agents, regulation of organizations that perform certain administrative functions such as utilization review or third-party administration, issuance of notices of privacy practices, and reporting and providing access to law enforcement authorities. In those cases, it may be necessary to modify our operations and procedures to comply with these more stringent State Privacy Laws. If we fail to comply with applicable State Privacy Laws, we could be subject to additional sanctions.

Consumer Protection Laws

Federal and state consumer protection laws are being increasingly enforced by the United States Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”), the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”), and the various states’ attorneys general to regulate the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal or patient information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of web site content and to regulate direct marketing, including telemarketing and telephonic communication. Courts may also adopt the standards for fair information practices promulgated by the FTC, concerning consumer notice, choice, security and access.

10


State Insurance Laws

Some of the states in which we operate have laws prohibiting unlicensed persons or business entities, including corporations, from making certain direct and indirect payments or fee-splitting arrangements with licensed insurance agents and brokers. Possible sanctions for violation of these restrictions include loss of license and civil penalties. These statutes vary from state to state, are often vague, and have seldom been interpreted by the courts or regulatory agencies.

State insurance laws also require us to maintain an insurance agency or broker license in each state in which we transact health insurance business and adhere to sales, documentation and administration practices specific to that state. In addition, each of our employees who solicits, negotiates, sells or transacts health insurance business for us must maintain an individual insurance agent or broker license in one or more states. Because we transact business in the majority of states, compliance with health insurance-related laws, rules and regulations is difficult and imposes significant costs on our business.

State regulations may also require that individuals enroll in group programs or associations in order to access certain insurance products, benefits and services. We have entered into relationships with such associations in order to provide individuals access to our products. For example, we have an agreement with Med-Sense Guaranteed Association (“Med-Sense”), a non-profit association that provides membership benefits to individuals and gives members access to certain of our products. Under the agreement, we primarily market membership in the association and collect certain fees and dues on its behalf. In return, we have sole access to its membership list, and Med-Sense exclusively endorses the insurance products that we offer. Under the agreement, we receive a monthly fee per member. Our agreement with Med-Sense is automatically renewable for one-year terms, unless terminated on 120 days written notice by either party. The agreement is also terminable on 15 days’ written notice by either party under certain circumstances, such as in the case of a breach of the agreement.

Industry Consolidation

The private health insurance industry in the United States has experienced substantial consolidation over the past several years, resulting in a decrease in the number of insurance carriers. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2014, two carriers accounted for 43% and 36% of our premium equivalents. For the year ended December 31, 2013 three carriers accounted for 41%, 22% and 20% of our premium equivalents.

As a result of this trend, it may become necessary for us to offer insurance plans or products from a reduced number of insurance carriers or to derive a greater portion of our revenue from a more concentrated number of insurance carriers as our business and the health insurance industry evolve. Any of our insurance carriers may terminate our agreements with them resulting from a failure of its business due to a decline in sales volumes, unavailability of reinsurance or a failure of business strategy, which could adversely affect our business. Should our dependence on a smaller number of insurance carriers increase, we may become more vulnerable to adverse changes in our relationships with our insurance carriers, particularly in states where we offer health insurance plans and products from a relatively small number of insurance carriers or where a small number of insurance carriers dominate the market.

Employees

As of December 31, 2014, we had 285 employees, of which 282 were full-time employees. As of December 31, 2013, we had 168 employees, of which 166 were full-time employees. We have not experienced any work stoppages and consider our employee relations to be good. None of our employees is represented by a labor union.

11


ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

The market for health insurance in the United States is rapidly evolving, which makes it difficult to forecast demand for our products.

The market for health insurance in the United States is rapidly evolving. Accordingly, our future financial performance will depend in part on growth in this market and on our ability to adapt to emerging demands in this market. We believe demand for our products has been driven in large part by recent regulatory changes, broader use of the Internet and advances in technology. It is difficult to predict with any precision the future growth rate and size of our target market. The rapidly evolving nature of the market in which we operate, as well as other factors that are beyond our control, reduce our ability to evaluate accurately our long-term outlook and forecast performance or other operating results. A reduction in demand for our products caused by lack of acceptance, technological challenges, competing offerings or other factors would result in a lower revenue growth rate or decreased revenue, either of which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.

If we are unable to retain our members, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

Our revenue is primarily derived from commissions that insurance carriers pay to us for the health insurance plans and products that we market and that remain in effect. When one of these plans or products is cancelled, or if we otherwise do not remain the administrator of record on the policy, we no longer receive the related commission revenue. Members may choose to discontinue their insurance policies for a number of reasons. For example, our members may choose to purchase new plans or products using a different administrator if, for example, they are not satisfied with our customer service or the plans or products that we offer or because PPACA or other healthcare legislation results in more attractive alternatives for them. Further, members may discontinue their policies because they no longer need STM insurance because, for example, they have received coverage through an employer or spouse. Insurance carriers may also terminate health insurance plans or products purchased by our members for a variety of reasons. Our cost in acquiring a new member is substantially greater than the cost involved in maintaining our relationship with an existing member. If we are not able to successfully retain existing members and limit member turnover, our revenue and operating margins could be adversely affected.

Our business could be harmed if we lose our relationships with insurance carriers, fail to maintain good relationships with insurance carriers, become dependent upon a limited number of insurance carriers or fail to develop new relationships with insurance carriers.

We typically enter into contractual agency relationships with insurance carriers that are non-exclusive and terminable on short notice by either party for any reason. In many cases, insurance carriers also have the ability to amend the terms of our agreements unilaterally on short notice. Insurance carriers may be unwilling to underwrite our health insurance plans or products or may amend our agreements with them for a variety of reasons, including for competitive or regulatory reasons. Insurance carriers may decide to rely on their own internal distribution channels, including traditional in-house agents, insurance carrier websites or other sales channels, or to market their own plans or products, and, in turn, could limit or prohibit us from marketing their plans or products. Insurance carriers may decide not to underwrite insurance plans or products in the individual health insurance market in certain geographies or altogether. The termination or amendment of our relationship with an insurance carrier could reduce the variety of health insurance plans or products we offer. We also could lose a source of, or be paid reduced commissions for, future sales and could lose renewal commissions for past sales. Our business could also be harmed if we fail to develop new insurance carrier relationships or are unable to offer members a wide variety of health insurance plans and products.

The private health insurance industry in the United States has experienced substantial consolidation over the past several years, resulting in a decrease in the number of insurance carriers. For example, for the year ended December 31, 2014, HCC Medical Insurance Services Company accounted for 43% of our premium equivalents and Companion Life accounted for 36% of our premium equivalents. As a result of this trend, it may become necessary for us to offer insurance plans and products from a reduced number of insurance carriers or to derive a greater portion of our revenue from a more concentrated number of insurance carriers as our business and the health insurance industry evolve. Each of these insurance carriers may terminate our agreements with them, and, in some cases, as a result of the termination we may lose our right to receive future commissions for policies we have sold. In addition, one or more of our insurance carriers could experience a failure of its business due to a decline in sales volumes, unavailability of reinsurance, and failure of business strategy or otherwise. Should our dependence on a smaller number of insurance carriers increase, whether as a result of the termination of insurance carrier relationships, further insurance carrier consolidation, business failure, bankruptcy or any other reason, we may become more vulnerable to adverse changes in our relationships with our insurance carriers, particularly in states where we offer health insurance plans and products from a relatively small number of insurance carriers or where a small number of insurance carriers dominate the market. The termination, amendment or consolidation of our relationships with our insurance carriers could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

12


Our business could be harmed if we lose our relationships with independent distributors, fail to maintain good relationships with independent distributors, become dependent upon a limited number of third-party distributors or fail to develop new relationships with third-party distributors.

We depend upon licensed third-party distributors, in addition to our internal distribution network, to sell our products. We typically enter into contractual agency relationships with independent distributors that are non-exclusive and terminable on short notice by either party for any reason. In many cases, these distributors also have the ability to amend the terms of our agreements unilaterally on short notice. Third-party distributors may be unwilling to sell our health insurance plans or products or may amend our agreements with them for a variety of reasons, including for competitive or regulatory reasons. For example, these independent distributors may decide to sell plans and products that bring them a higher commission than our plans and products or may decide not to sell STM plans at all. Because we rely on a diverse distributor network to sell the products we offer, any loss of relationships with independent distributors or failure to maintain good relationships with independent distributors could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, we believe that we must grow our third-party distributor network in order to achieve our growth plans. If we are unable to grow our independent distributor network and develop new relationships with third-party distributors, our revenue could be adversely impacted.

We depend on relationships with third-parties for certain services that are important to our business. An interruption or cessation of such services by any third party could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We depend on a number of third-party relationships to enhance our business. For instance, state regulations may require that individuals enroll in group programs or associations in order to access certain insurance products, benefits and services. We have entered into relationships with such associations in order to provide individuals access to our products. For example, we have an agreement with Med-Sense Guaranteed Association (“Med-Sense”) a non-profit association that provides membership benefits to individuals and gives members access to certain of our products. Under the agreement, we primarily market membership in the association and collect certain fees and dues on its behalf. In return, we have sole access to its membership list, and Med-Sense exclusively endorses the insurance products that we offer. Members of the association are given access to a wide variety of our products that are otherwise unavailable to non-members. We are also considering establishing affiliations with other associations offering similar benefits as alternatives to Med-Sense, but currently have no alternative agreements. While we believe we could replace Med-Sense with other group programs or associations, there can be no assurance we could find such a replacement on a timely basis or at all. If we were to lose our relationship with Med-Sense and were unable to find another group program or association on a timely basis or at all, this would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our ability to offer our services and operate our business is therefore dependent on maintaining our relationships with third-party partners, particularly Med-Sense, and entering into new relationships to meet the changing needs of our business. Any deterioration in our relationships with such partners, or our failure to enter into agreements with partners in the future could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. If our partners are unable or unwilling to provide the services necessary to support our business, or if our agreements with such partners are terminated, our operations could be significantly disrupted. We may also incur substantial costs, delays and disruptions to our business in transitioning such services to ourselves or other third-party partners. In addition, third-party partners may not be able to provide the services required in order to meet the changing needs of our business.

We rely on third-party vendors to develop, host, maintain, support and enhance our technology platform. In particular, we are party to agreements with BimSym pursuant to which BimSym provides various professional services relating to our A.R.I.E.S. technology platform, including hosting, support, maintenance and development services. Our ability to offer our services and operate our business is therefore dependent on maintaining our relationships with third-party vendors, particularly BimSym, and entering into new relationships to meet the changing needs of our business. Any deterioration in our relationships with such vendors, or our failure to enter into agreements with vendors in the future could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. If our vendors are unable or unwilling to provide the services necessary to support our business, or if our agreements with such vendors are terminated, our operations could be significantly disrupted. We may also incur substantial costs, delays and disruptions to our business in transitioning such services to ourselves or other third-party vendors. In addition, third-party vendors may not be able to provide the services required in order to meet the changing needs of our business.

Insurance carriers could reduce the commissions paid to us or change their plan pricing practices in ways that reduce the commissions paid to us, which could harm our revenue and results of operations.

Our commission rates are negotiated between us and each insurance carrier. Insurance carriers have altered, and may in the future alter, the contractual relationships we have with them, either by renegotiation or unilateral action. Also, insurance carriers may adjust their commission. If these contractual changes result in reduced commissions, our revenue may decline.

13


In addition, insurance carriers periodically adjust the premiums they charge to individuals for their insurance policies. These premium changes may cause members to cancel their existing policies and purchase a replacement policy from a different insurance carrier, either through our platform or through another administrator. We may receive a reduced commission or no commission at all when a member purchases a replacement policy. Also, because insurance rates may vary between insurance carriers, plans and enrollment dates, changes in our enrollment mix may impact our commission revenue. Future changes in insurance carrier pricing practices could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We face intense competition and compete with a broad range of market participants within the health insurance industry. If competition increases, our growth and profits may decline.

The market for selling individual health insurance and ancillary products is highly competitive and, except for regulatory considerations, there are limited barriers to entry. Currently, we believe the cost-effective, high-quality STM solutions that we distribute to the individual health insurance market are differentiated from our competitors. Because the barriers to entry in our markets are not substantial and competitors have the flexibility to select new health insurance carriers, we believe that the addition of new competitors, or the adoption of our business model by existing competitors, could occur relatively quickly.

We compete with entities and individuals that offer and sell products similar to ours utilizing traditional distribution channels, including insurance agents and brokers across the United States who sell health insurance products in their communities. In addition, many insurance carriers directly market and sell their plans and products to individuals through call centers and their own websites. The Exchanges created under Healthcare Reform represent another means of distribution for IMM policies and are currently receiving substantial publicity and advertising.

Although we offer health insurance plans and products for many of these insurance carriers, they also compete with us by offering their plans and products directly to individuals or may elect to compete with us by offering their plans and products directly to individuals in the future. We may not be able to compete successfully against our current or future competitors. Some of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories in the health insurance industry, access to larger customer bases, greater name recognition and significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we do. As compared to us, our current and future competitors may be able to:

·

undertake more extensive marketing campaigns for their brands and services;

·

devote more resources to website and systems development;

·

negotiate more favorable commission rates; and

·

attract potential employees, marketing partners and third-party service providers.

Further, there are many alternatives to the individual health insurance products that we currently provide. We can make no assurances that we will be able to compete effectively with the various individual health insurance products that are currently available or may become available in the future. Competitive pressures may result in our experiencing increased marketing costs and loss of market share, or may otherwise harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes and developments in the health insurance system in the United States, in particular the implementation of Healthcare Reform, could harm our business.

Our business depends upon the private sector of the U.S. insurance system, its role in financing healthcare delivery, and insurance carriers’ use of, and payment of commissions to, agents, brokers and other organizations to market and sell health insurance plans and products.

Healthcare Reform contains provisions that have changed and will continue to change the industry in which we operate in substantial ways. Although certain provisions currently are effective, many aspects of Healthcare Reform, such as certain mandates on employers, have not yet taken effect. In addition, state governments have adopted, and will continue to adopt, changes to their existing laws and regulations in light of Healthcare Reform and related regulations. Future changes may not be beneficial to us.

Certain key members of Congress continue to express a desire to withhold the funding necessary to implement Healthcare Reform as well as the desire to repeal or amend all or a portion of Healthcare Reform. Any partial or complete repeal or amendment or implementation difficulties, or uncertainty regarding such events, could increase our costs of compliance and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. The implementation of Healthcare Reform could have negative effects on us, including:

·

increasing our competition;

·

reducing or eliminating the need for health insurance agents and brokers and/or demand for the health insurance that we sell through the Exchanges and the process for receiving subsidies and cost-sharing credits;

14


·

decreasing the number of types of health insurance plans and products that we sell, as well as the number of insurance carriers offering such plans and products;

·

causing insurance carriers to change the benefits and/or premiums for the plans and products they sell;

·

causing insurance carriers to reduce the amount they pay for our services or change their relationships with us in other ways;

·

causing STM policyholders to pay the government a penalty or tax;

·

making the cost of IMM more affordable through tax credits and subsidies;

·

causing STM policies to be subject to MLR threshold requirements; or

·

causing STM policies to be subject to “must carry” pre-existing condition requirements.

Any of these effects could materially harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, the manner in which the federal government and the states implement Healthcare Reform could substantially increase our competition and member turnover and substantially reduce the number of individuals who purchase insurance through us. Various aspects of Healthcare Reform could cause insurance carriers to limit the type of health insurance plans and products we are able to sell and the geographies in which we are able to sell them. Changes in the law could also cause insurance carriers to exit the business of selling insurance plans and products in a particular jurisdiction, to eliminate certain categories of products or to attempt to move members into new plans and products for which we receive lower commissions. If insurance carriers decide to limit our ability to sell their plans and products or determine not to sell individual health insurance plans and products altogether, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed.

Many of Healthcare Reform’s most significant reforms, such as the establishment of the Exchanges that provide a marketplace for eligible individuals and small employers to purchase health care insurance, became effective only recently. Uninsured persons who do not enroll in health care insurance plans by March 31, 2014 will be required to pay a penalty to the Internal Revenue Service, unless a hardship exception applies. Based upon our understanding of the Healthcare Reform rules, many of the health insurance products that we sell will not be deemed qualified insurance policies and will not exempt our customers from these penalties. If the cost of the insurance policies that we sell, together with any penalties that our potential customers could be required to pay, are not less than the cost of qualifying health insurance policies, or our policies are otherwise perceived as inferior to qualifying insurance policies by potential customers, our business, revenues and results of operations could be materially harmed.

Compliance with the strict regulatory environment applicable to the health insurance industry and the specific products we sell is difficult and costly. If we fail to comply with the numerous laws and regulations that are applicable to our business, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

The health insurance industry is heavily regulated by each state in the United States. For instance, state regulators require us to maintain a valid license in each state in which we transact health insurance business and further require that we adhere to sales, documentation and administration practices specific to each state. In addition, each distributor who transacts health insurance business on our behalf must maintain a valid license in one or more states. Because we do business in the majority of states and the District of Columbia, compliance with health insurance-related laws, rules and regulations is difficult and imposes significant costs on our business. Each jurisdiction’s insurance department typically has the power, among other things, to:

·

grant and revoke licenses to transact insurance business;

·

conduct inquiries into the insurance-related activities and conduct of agents and agencies;

·

require and regulate disclosure in connection with the sale and solicitation of health insurance;

·

authorize how, by which personnel and under what circumstances insurance premiums can be quoted and published and an insurance policy can be sold;

·

determine which entities can be paid commissions from carriers;

·

regulate the content of insurance-related advertisements, including web pages;

·

approve policy forms, require specific benefits and benefit levels and regulate premium rates;

·

impose fines and other penalties; and

·

impose continuing education requirements on agents and employees.

15


Although we believe we are currently in compliance with applicable insurance laws and regulations, due to the complexity, periodic modification and differing interpretations of insurance laws and regulations and the number of third parties with which we have relationships, we may not have always been, and we may not always be, in compliance with such laws and regulations. Failure to comply could result in significant liability, additional state insurance licensing requirements or the revocation of licenses in a particular jurisdiction, which could significantly reduce our revenue, increase our operating expenses, prevent us from transacting health insurance business in a particular jurisdiction and otherwise harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Moreover, an adverse regulatory action in one jurisdiction could result in penalties and adversely affect our license status or reputation in other jurisdictions due to the requirement that adverse regulatory actions in one jurisdiction be reported to other jurisdictions. Even if the allegations in any regulatory or other action against us are proven false, any surrounding negative publicity could harm member, distributor or health insurance carrier confidence in us, which could significantly damage our reputation. Because some members, distributors and health insurance carriers may not be comfortable with the concept of purchasing health insurance using the Internet, any negative publicity may affect us more than it would others in the health insurance industry and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, we may in the future receive inquiries from state insurance regulators regarding our marketing and business practices. We may modify our practices in connection with any such inquiry. Any modification of our marketing or business practices in response to future regulatory inquiries could harm our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Regulation of the sale of health insurance is subject to change, and future regulations could harm our business and results of operations.

The laws and regulations governing the offer, sale and purchase of health insurance are subject to change, and future changes may be adverse to our business. For example, once health insurance pricing is set by the insurance carrier and approved by state regulators, it is fixed and not generally subject to negotiation or discounting by insurance companies or agents. Additionally, state regulations generally prohibit insurance carriers, agents and brokers from providing financial incentives, such as rebates, to their members in connection with the sale of health insurance. As a result, we do not currently compete with insurance carriers or other agents and brokers on the price of the health insurance products offered on our distribution platform. We are also currently allowed to base our revenue structure on various commissions and fees, including commissions from insurance premiums and enrollment, monthly administrative fees and discount benefit fees. However, future laws and regulations could negatively adjust the commissions and fees we receive. If current laws or regulations change, we could be forced to reduce prices, commissions and fees or provide rebates or other incentives for the health insurance products sold through our online platform, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Because we use the Internet as our distribution platform, we are subject to additional insurance regulatory risks. In many cases, it is not clear how existing insurance laws and regulations apply to Internet-related health insurance advertisements and transactions. To the extent that new laws or regulations are adopted that conflict with the way we conduct our business, or to the extent that existing laws and regulations are interpreted adversely to us, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed.

Our business may not grow if individuals are not informed about the availability and accessibility of affordable health insurance.

Numerous health insurance plans and products are available to individuals in any given market. Most of these plans and products vary by price, benefits and other policy features. Health insurance terminology and provisions are often confusing and difficult to understand. In addition, Exchange websites experienced high profile performance issues upon and after their public availability. As a result, researching, selecting and purchasing health insurance can be a complex process. We believe that this complexity and the aforementioned performance issues have contributed to a perception held by many individuals that individual health insurance is prohibitively expensive and difficult to obtain. If individuals are not informed about the availability and accessibility of affordable health insurance, our business may not grow and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Changes in the quality and affordability of the health insurance plans and products that insurance carriers offer to us for sale through our technology platform could harm our business and results of operations.

The demand for health insurance marketed through our technology platform is affected by, among other things, the variety, quality and price of the health insurance plans and products we offer. If health insurance carriers do not continue to allow us to sell a variety of high-quality, affordable health insurance plans and products in our markets, or if their offerings are limited or terminated as a result of consolidation in the health insurance industry, the implementation of Healthcare Reform or otherwise, our sales may decrease and our business, results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

16


If we are not able to maintain and enhance our name recognition, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

We believe that maintaining and enhancing our name recognition is critical to our relationships with existing members, third-party distributors and insurance carriers and to our ability to attract new members, independent distributors and insurance carriers. The promotion of our name may require us to make substantial investments and we anticipate that, as our market becomes increasingly competitive, these marketing initiatives may become increasingly difficult. We also expect our marketing expenditures in future periods to increase. Our marketing activities may not be successful or yield increased revenue, and to the extent that these activities yield increased revenue, the increased revenue may not offset the expenses we incur and our results of operations could be harmed. If we do not successfully maintain and enhance our name recognition, our business may not grow and we could lose our relationships with insurance carriers, independent distributors or members, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, we cannot be certain of the impact of media coverage on our business. If it were to be reduced, the number of distributors selling our products could decrease, and our cost of acquiring members could increase, both of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If individuals or insurance carriers opt for more traditional or alternative channels for the purchase and sale of health insurance, our business could be harmed.

Our success depends in part upon continued growth in the use of the Internet as a source of research on health insurance products and pricing, as well as willingness for individuals to use the Internet to request further information or contact directly or indirectly the distributors that sell the products we offer. Individuals and insurance carriers may choose to depend more on traditional sources, such as individual agents, or alternative sources may develop, including as a result of Healthcare Reform. Our future growth, if any, will depend in part upon:

·

the growth of the Internet as a commerce medium generally, and as a market for individual health insurance plans and services specifically;

·

individuals’ willingness and ability to conduct their own health insurance research;

·

our ability to make the process of purchasing health insurance online an attractive alternative to traditional and new means of purchasing health insurance;

·

our ability to successfully and cost-effectively market our services as superior to traditional or alternative sources for health insurance to a sufficiently large number of individuals; and

·

insurance carriers’ willingness to use us and the Internet as a distribution channel for health insurance plans and products.

If individuals and carriers determine that other sources of health insurance and health insurance applications are superior, our business will not grow and our results of operations and financial condition could be harmed.

Any legal liability, regulatory penalties, or negative publicity for the information on our platform or that we otherwise distribute or provide could likely harm our business and results of operations.

We provide information on our platform, through our call center partners and in other ways regarding health insurance in general and the health insurance plans and products we market and sell, including information relating to insurance premiums, coverage, benefits, provider networks, exclusions, limitations, availability, plan and premium comparisons and insurance company ratings. A significant amount of both automated and manual effort is required to maintain the considerable amount of insurance plan information on our platform. We also regularly provide health insurance plan information in the scripts used by our customer call center partners. If the information we provide on our platform, through our customer call center partners or otherwise is not accurate or is construed as misleading, or if we do not properly assist individuals and businesses in purchasing health insurance, members, insurance carriers and others could attempt to hold us liable for damages, our relationships with insurance carriers could be terminated and regulators could attempt to subject us to penalties, revoke our licenses to transact health insurance business in a particular jurisdiction, and/or compromise the status of our licenses to transact health insurance business in other jurisdictions, which could result in our loss of our commission revenue. In the ordinary course of operating our business, we have received complaints that the information we provided was not accurate or was misleading. Although in the past we have resolved these complaints without significant financial cost, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so in the future. In addition, these types of claims could be time-consuming and expensive to defend, could divert our management’s attention and other resources and could cause a loss of confidence in our services. As a result, these types of claims could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, we are subject to various federal and state telemarketing regulations, including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”) and the FCC’s implementing regulations, as well as various state telemarketing laws and regulations. Any violation of these regulations could expose us to damages for monetary loss or statutory damages.

17


In the ordinary course of our business, we may receive inquiries from state regulators relating to various matters or in the future become involved in litigation. If we are found to have violated laws or regulations, we could lose our relationship with insurance carriers and be subject to various fines and penalties, including revocation of our licenses to sell insurance, and our business, results of operations and financial condition would be materially harmed. We could also be harmed to the extent that related publicity damages our reputation as a trusted source of information relating to health insurance and its affordability. It could also be costly to defend ourselves regardless of the outcome. As a result, inquiries from regulators or our becoming involved in litigation could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we do not continue to attract new individual customers, we may not achieve our revenue and premium equivalents projections, and our results of operations could be harmed.

In order to grow our business, we must continually attract new independent distributors and individual customers. Our ability to do so depends in large part on the success of our sales and marketing efforts. Potential individual customers may seek out other options for purchasing insurance. Therefore, we must demonstrate that our products provide a viable solution for individual customers to obtain high quality coverage at an attractive price and provide a valuable business opportunity to our distributors. If we fail to provide high quality solutions and convince individual customers and independent distributors of our value proposition, we may not be able to retain existing customers or attract new individual customers. Additionally, there is no guarantee that the market for our services will grow as we expect. If the market for our services declines or develops more slowly than we expect, or if the number of individual customers or third-party distributors that use our solutions declines or fails to increase as we expect, our revenue, premium equivalents, results of operations, financial condition, business and prospects could be harmed.

Advance commission arrangements between us and some of our third-party distributors expose us to the credit risks of such distributors and may increase our costs and expenses, which could in turn have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

We make advance commission payments to some of our independent distributors in order to assist them with the cost of lead acquisition. As of December 31, 2014, we had a prepayment balance for advance commissions of approximately $6.0 million under such arrangements. Part of our strategy is to expand the practice of paying advance commissions, so we expect such balance to increase significantly in the future. In such cases where we make advance commission payments, we receive security interests in collateral, as well as, personal and entity-level guarantees. At a minimum, our collateral includes a claim against all future compensation owed to the distributor for all products sold. As a result, our claims for such payments would rank as secured claims. Depending on the amount of future compensation owed to the distributor, we could be exposed to the credit risks of our third-party distributors in the event of their insolvency or bankruptcy. Where the amount owed to us exceeds the value of the collateral, our claims against the defaulting distributors would rank below those of certain other secured creditors, which could undermine our chances of obtaining the return of our advance commission payments. We may not be able to recover such advance payments and we may suffer losses should the independent distributors fail to fulfill their sales obligations under the contracts. Accordingly, any of the above scenarios could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Seasonality could cause fluctuations in our financial results.

Our business of marketing individual STM insurance plans is subject to seasonal fluctuations that we believe have been impacted by Healthcare Reform. Prior to 2013, we experienced a higher volume of new member enrollment from graduating students during the third fiscal quarter when such students purchase our products, producing a seasonal increase in revenue, and a lower volume of new member enrollment during the fourth quarter due to the holiday season. In 2013, the volume of new member enrollment in the fourth quarter increased due to the effectiveness of the individual insurance mandate of Healthcare Reform beginning in 2014. Under Healthcare Reform, the Exchanges will hold open enrollment periods during the first quarter of 2015, at which time individuals can enroll in individual insurance programs. Other seasonality trends may develop and the existing seasonality and consumer behavior that we experience may change as the implementation of Healthcare Reform continues and our markets continue to change.

Any seasonality that we experience could cause fluctuations in our financial results.

If we are unable to successfully introduce new technology solutions or services or fail to keep pace with advances in technology, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our business depends on our ability to adapt to evolving technologies and industry standards and introduce new technology solutions and services accordingly. If we cannot adapt to changing technologies, our technology solutions and services may become obsolete, and our business would suffer. Because the healthcare insurance market is constantly evolving, our existing technology may become obsolete and fail to meet the requirements of current and potential members. Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to continue to enhance our existing technology solutions and services, develop new technology that addresses the increasingly sophisticated and varied needs of our members and respond to technological advances and emerging industry standards and practices

18


on a timely and cost-effective basis. The development of our online platform entails significant technical and business risks. We may not be successful in developing, using, marketing, or maintaining new technologies effectively or adapting our technology to evolving customer requirements or emerging industry standards, and, as a result, our business and reputation could suffer. We may not be able to introduce new technology solutions on schedule, or at all, or such solutions may not achieve market acceptance. We also engage third-party vendors to develop, maintain and enhance our technology solutions, and our ability to develop and implement new technologies is therefore dependent on our ability to engage suitable vendors. We may also need to license software or technology from third parties in order to maintain, expand or modify our technology platform. However, there is no guarantee we will be able to enter into such agreements on acceptable terms or at all. Moreover, competitors may develop competitive products that could adversely affect our results of operations. A failure by us to introduce new solutions or to introduce these solutions on schedule could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our failure to obtain, maintain and enforce the intellectual property rights on which our business depends could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely upon intellectual property laws in the United States, and non-disclosure, confidentiality and other types of agreements with our employees, members and other parties, to establish, maintain and enforce our intellectual property and proprietary rights. However, any of our owned or licensed intellectual property rights could be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, infringed or misappropriated, our trade secrets and other confidential information could be disclosed in an unauthorized manner to third-parties, or our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient to permit us to take advantage of current market trends or otherwise to provide us with competitive advantages, which could result in costly redesign efforts, discontinuance of certain offerings or other competitive harm. Efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be time consuming and costly, distract management’s attention and resources and ultimately be unsuccessful. In addition, such efforts may result in our intellectual property rights being challenged, limited in scope, or declared invalid or unenforceable. Moreover, our failure to develop and properly manage new intellectual property could adversely affect our market positions and business opportunities.

We may not be able to obtain, maintain and enforce the intellectual property rights that may be necessary to protect and grow our business and to provide us with a meaningful competitive advantage. Also, some of our business and services may rely on technologies and software developed by or licensed from third-parties, and we may not be able to maintain our relationships with such third-parties or enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all. Our failure to obtain, maintain and enforce our intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Assertions by third-parties that we violate their intellectual property rights could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Third-parties may claim that we, our members, our licensees or parties indemnified by us are infringing upon or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights. Such claims may be made by competitors seeking to obtain a competitive advantage or by other parties. Additionally, in recent years, individuals and groups have begun purchasing intellectual property assets for the purpose of making claims of infringement and attempting to extract settlements from companies like ours. Any claims that we violate a third-party’s intellectual property rights can be time consuming and costly to defend and distract management’s attention and resources, even if the claims are without merit. Such claims may also require us to redesign affected products and services, enter into costly settlement or license agreements or pay costly damage awards, or face a temporary or permanent injunction prohibiting us from marketing or providing the affected products and services. Even if we have an agreement entitling us to indemnity against such costs, the indemnifying party may be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. If we cannot or do not license the infringed technology at all, license the technology on reasonable terms or substitute similar technology from another source, our revenue and earnings could be adversely impacted.

In addition, we may use open source software in connection with our products and services. Companies that incorporate open source software into their products have, from time to time, faced claims challenging the ownership of open source software and/or compliance with open source license terms. As a result, we could be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software or noncompliance with open source licensing terms. Some open source software licenses require users who distribute open source software as part of their software to publicly disclose all or part of the source code to such software and/or make available any derivative works of the open source code on unfavorable terms or at no cost. Any requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Assertions by third-parties that we violate their intellectual property rights could therefore have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

19


If we fail to effectively manage our growth, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

We have expanded our operations significantly since 2008. This has significantly increased the demands on our management, our operational and financial systems and infrastructure and other resources. If we do not effectively manage our growth, the quality of our services could suffer. In order to successfully expand our business, we must effectively integrate, develop and motivate new employees, and we must maintain the beneficial aspects of our corporate culture. We may not be able to hire new employees quickly enough to meet our needs. If we fail to effectively manage our hiring needs and successfully integrate our new hires, our efficiency and ability to meet our forecasts and our employee morale, productivity and retention could suffer, and our business and results of operations could be harmed. We also need to continue to improve our existing systems for operational and financial management, including our reporting systems, procedures and controls. These improvements could require significant capital expenditures and place increasing demands on our management. We may not be successful in managing or expanding our operations or in maintaining adequate financial and operating systems and controls. If we do not successfully manage these processes, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

If we are unable to maintain a high level of service, our business and prospects could be harmed.

One of the key attributes of our business is providing high quality service to our insurance carriers, distributors and members. We may be unable to sustain these levels of service, which would harm our reputation and our business. Alternatively, we may only be able to sustain high levels of service by significantly increasing our operating costs, which would materially adversely affect our results of operations. The level of service we are able to provide depends on our personnel to a significant extent. Our personnel must be well-trained in our processes and able to handle customer calls effectively and efficiently. Any inability of our personnel to meet our demand, whether due to absenteeism, training, turnover, disruptions at our facilities, bad weather, power outages or other reasons, could adversely impact our business. If we are unable to maintain high levels of service performance, our reputation could suffer and our results of operations and prospects could be harmed.

We are subject to privacy and data protection laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of health information, which may impose restrictions on the manner in which we access personal data and subject us to penalties if we are unable to fully comply with such laws.

Numerous federal, state and international laws and regulations govern the collection, use, disclosure, storage and transmission of individually identifiable health information. These laws and regulations, including their interpretation by governmental agencies, are subject to frequent change. These regulations could have a negative impact on our business, for example:

·

HIPAA and its implementing regulations were enacted to ensure that employees can retain and at times transfer their health insurance when they change jobs, and to simplify healthcare administrative processes. The enactment of HIPAA also expanded protection of the privacy and security of personal health information and required the adoption of standards for the exchange of electronic health information. Among the standards that the Department of Health and Human Services has adopted pursuant to HIPAA are standards for electronic transactions and code sets, unique identifiers for providers, employers, health plans and individuals, security, electronic signatures, privacy and enforcement. Failure to comply with HIPAA could result in fines and penalties that could have a material adverse effect on us.

·

The HITECH Act sets forth health information security breach notification requirements and increased penalties for violation of HIPAA. The HITECH Act requires individual notification for all breaches, media notification of breaches of over 500 individuals and at least annual reporting of all breaches to the Department of Health and Human Services. The HITECH Act also replaced the prior penalty system of one tier of penalties of $100 per violation and an annual maximum of $25,000 with a four-tier system of sanctions for breaches. Penalties now range from the original $100 per violation and an annual maximum of $25,000 for the first tier to a fourth-tier minimum of $50,000 per violation and an annual maximum of $1.5 million. Failure to comply with the HITECH Act could result in fines and penalties that could have a material adverse effect on us.

·

Other federal and state laws restricting the use and protecting the privacy and security of individually identifiable information may apply, many of which are not preempted by HIPAA.

·

Federal and state consumer protection laws are increasingly being applied by the FTC, and states’ attorneys general to regulate the collection, use, storage and disclosure of personal or individually identifiable information, through websites or otherwise, and to regulate the presentation of website content.

We are required to comply with federal and state laws governing the transmission, security and privacy of individually identifiable health information that we may obtain or have access to in connection with the provision of our services. Despite the security measures that we have in place to ensure compliance with privacy and data protection laws, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party vendors and subcontractors, are vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism or theft, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and human errors or other similar events. Due to the recent enactment of the HITECH Act, we are not able to predict the extent of the impact such incidents may have on our business. Our failure to comply may result in criminal

20


and civil liability because the potential for enforcement action against business associates is now greater. Enforcement actions against us could be costly and could interrupt regular operations, which may adversely affect our business. While we have not received any notices of violation of the applicable privacy and data protection laws and believe we are in compliance with such laws, there can be no assurance that we will not receive such notices in the future.

Under the HITECH Act, as a business associate we may also be directly or independently liable for privacy and security breaches and failures of our subcontractors. Even though we provide for appropriate protections through our agreements with our subcontractors, we still have limited control over their actions and practices. A breach of privacy or security of individually identifiable health information by a subcontractor may result in an enforcement action, including criminal and civil liability, against us. In addition, numerous other federal and state laws protect the confidentiality of individually identifiable information as well as employee personal information, including state medical privacy laws, state social security number protection laws, and federal and state consumer protection laws. These various laws in many cases are not preempted by HIPAA and may be subject to varying interpretations by the courts and government agencies, creating complex compliance issues for us and our members and potentially exposing us to additional expense, adverse publicity and liability, any of which could adversely affect our business.

Our business is subject to online security risks, and if we are unable to safeguard the security and privacy of confidential data, our reputation and business could be harmed.

Our services involve the collection and storage of confidential information of members and the transmission of this information to insurance carriers. For example, we collect names, addresses and, social security, bank account and credit card numbers, as well as information regarding the medical history of members in connection with their applications for insurance. In certain cases such information is provided to third-parties, for example to the service providers who provide hosting services for our technology platform, and we may therefore be unable to control the use of such information or the security protections employed by such third-parties. We may be required to expend significant capital and other resources to protect against security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by security breaches. Despite our implementation of security measures, techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently. As a result, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Any compromise or perceived compromise of our security (or the security of our third-party service providers who have access to our members’ confidential information) could damage our reputation and our relationship with our members, third-party distributors and insurance carriers, could reduce demand for our services and could subject us to significant liability as well as regulatory action. In addition, in the event that new data security laws are implemented, or our insurance carriers or other partners determine to impose new requirements on us relating to data security, we may not be able to timely comply with such requirements, or such requirements may not be compatible with our current processes. Changing our processes could be time consuming and expensive, and failure to timely implement required changes could result in our inability to sell health insurance plans and products in a particular jurisdiction or for a particular insurance carrier, or subject us to liability for non-compliance.

Our services present the potential for embezzlement, identity theft or other similar illegal behavior by our employees or subcontractors with respect to third-parties.

Among other things, our services involve handling information from members, including credit card information and bank account information. Our services also involve the use and disclosure of personal information that could be used to impersonate third-parties or otherwise gain access to their data or funds. If any of our employees or subcontractors takes, converts or misuses such funds, documents or data, we could be liable for damages, and our business reputation could be damaged. In addition, we could be perceived to have facilitated or participated in illegal misappropriation of funds, documents or data and therefore be subject to civil or criminal liability. Any such illegal activity by our employees or subcontractors could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

System failures or capacity constraints could harm our business and results of operations.

The performance, reliability and availability of our technology platform, customer service call center and underlying network infrastructures are critical to our financial results and our relationship with members, independent distributors and insurance carriers. Although we regularly attempt to enhance and maintain our technology platform, customer service call center and system infrastructure, system failures and interruptions may occur if we are unsuccessful in these efforts or experience difficulties with transitioning existing systems to upgraded systems, if we are unable to accurately project the rate or timing of increases in our platform traffic or customer service call center call volume or for other reasons, some of which are completely outside our control. Significant failures and interruptions, particularly during peak enrollment periods, could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

21


We rely in part upon third-party vendors, including data center and bandwidth providers, to operate and maintain our technology platform. We cannot predict whether additional network capacity will be available from these vendors as we need it, and our network or our suppliers’ networks might be unable to achieve or maintain a sufficiently high capacity of data transmission to allow us to process health insurance applications in a timely manner or effectively download data, especially if our platform traffic increases. Any system failure that causes an interruption in, or decreases the responsiveness of, our services could impair our revenue-generating capabilities, harm our image and subject us to potential liability. Our database and systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from human error, earthquakes, fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, physical or electronic break-ins, computer viruses, acts of terrorism, other attempts to harm our systems and similar events.

We depend upon third parties, including telephone service providers and third-party software providers, to operate our customer service call center. Any failure of the systems upon which we rely in the operation of our customer service call center could negatively impact sales as well as our relationship with members, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Insurance carriers and distributors depend upon third-party service providers to access our online platform, and our business and results of operations could be harmed as a result of technical difficulties experienced by these service providers.

Insurance carriers and distributors using our online platform depend upon Internet and other service providers for access to our platform. Many of these service providers have experienced significant outages, delays and other difficulties in the past and could experience them in the future. Any significant interruption in access to our technology platform or increase in our platform’s response time as a result of these difficulties could damage our relationship with insurance carriers, third-party distributors and existing and potential members and could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Economic conditions and other factors beyond our control may negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our revenue depends upon demand for our insurance products, which can be influenced by a variety of factors beyond our control. We have no control over the economic and other factors that influence such demand. Any softening of demand for our products and the services offered by us, whether caused by changes in individual preferences or the regulated environment in which we operate, or by a weak economy, will result in decreased revenue and growth. Members may attempt to reduce expenses by canceling existing plans and products purchased through us, not purchasing new plans and products through us or purchasing plans with lower premiums for which we receive lower commissions. A negative economic environment could also adversely impact the insurance carriers whose plans and products are offered on our platform, and they may, among other things, determine to reduce their commission rates, increase premiums or reduce benefits, any of which could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

To the extent the economy or other factors adversely impact our member retention, the number or type of insurance applications submitted through us and that are approved by insurance carriers, or the commissions that we receive from insurance carriers, our rate of growth will decline and our business and results of operations will be harmed.

The loss of any member of our management team and our inability to make up for such loss with a qualified replacement could harm our business.

Competition for qualified management in our industry is intense. Many of the companies with which we compete for management personnel have greater financial and other resources than we do or are located in geographic areas which may be considered by some to be more desirable places to live. If we are not able to retain any of our key management personnel, our business could be harmed.

Our acquisitions and other strategic transactions may be difficult to integrate, divert management resources, result in unanticipated costs or dilute our stockholders.

Part of our continuing business strategy is to acquire or invest in, companies, products or technologies that complement our current products, enhance our market coverage, technical capabilities or production capacity, or offer growth opportunities or make other strategic transactions. Such transactions could pose numerous risks to our operations, including:

·

difficulty integrating the purchased operations, technologies or products;

·

incurring substantial unanticipated integration costs;

·

assimilating the acquired businesses may divert significant management attention and financial resources from our other operations and could disrupt our ongoing business;

·

acquisitions could result in the loss of key employees, particularly those of the acquired operations;

22


·

difficulty retaining or developing the acquired businesses’ customers;

·

acquisitions could adversely affect our existing business relationships with suppliers and members;

·

failing to realize the potential cost savings or other financial benefits and/or the strategic benefits of the acquisitions; and

·

incurring liabilities from the acquired businesses for infringement of intellectual property rights or other claims, and we may not be successful in seeking indemnification for such liabilities or claims.

In connection with these acquisitions or investments, we could incur debt, amortization expenses related to intangible assets, large and immediate write-offs, assume liabilities or issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders’ percentage of ownership. We may not be able to complete acquisitions or integrate the operations, products or personnel gained through any such acquisition without a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The requirements of being a public company impose costs and demands upon our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company.”

Complying with the reporting and other regulatory requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (as amended, the “Exchange Act”) and the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (as amended, the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”) is time-consuming and costly and could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, we have committed significant resources, hired additional staff and provided additional management oversight. We expect these resources and management oversight requirements to continue. These activities may divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

As an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), we benefit from certain temporary exemptions from various reporting requirements, including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. In addition, we have elected under the JOBS Act to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. When these exemptions cease to apply, we expect to incur additional expenses and devote increased management effort toward ensuring compliance with them. We cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur as these exemptions cease to apply.

Risks Related to Our Structure

We are a holding company and our only material asset is our interest in HPIH and, accordingly, we are dependent upon distributions from HPIH to pay taxes and other expenses.

We are a holding company and have no material assets other than our ownership of Series A Membership Interests of HPIH. We have no independent means of generating revenue. HPIH is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not itself be subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, its net taxable income is generally allocated to its members, including us, pro rata according to the number of Membership Interests each member owns. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our proportionate share of any net taxable income of HPIH and also incur expenses related to our operations. We intend to cause HPIH to distribute cash to its members, including us, in an amount at least equal to the amount necessary to cover their respective tax liabilities, if any, with respect to their allocable share of the net income of HPIH and to cover dividends, if any, declared by us, as well as any payments due under the tax receivable agreement, as described below. To the extent that we need funds to pay our tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations, and HPIH is restricted from making distributions to us under applicable agreements, laws or regulations or does not have sufficient cash to make these distributions, we may have to borrow funds to meet these obligations and operate our business, and our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the income tax receivable agreement for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.

We will be required to pay the existing and potential future holders of Series B Membership Interests of HPIH most of the tax benefits that we may receive as a result of any future exchanges of Series B Membership Interests for our Class A common stock and payments made under the tax receivable agreement itself, and the amounts we pay could be substantial.

We expect that any future exchanges of Series B Membership Interests (together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock will result in increases in the tax basis in our share of the tangible and intangible assets of HPIH. Any such increases in tax basis could reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future.

23


We have entered into a tax receivable agreement with entities that hold Series B Membership Interests that are beneficially owned by Michael W. Kosloske, our founder, Chairman of the Board, President and Chief Executive Officer, and potential future members of HPIH, pursuant to which we will pay them 85% of the amount of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax that we realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment by us, a change in control or a material breach by us of our obligations under the tax receivable agreement, as discussed below) as a result of these possible increases in tax basis resulting from exchanges of Series B Membership Interests as well as certain other benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement itself. Any actual increases in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under the tax receivable agreement, cannot be predicted reliably at this time. The amount of any such increases and payments will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of exchanges, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the exchanges, the amount, character and timing of our income and the tax rates then applicable. The payments that we may be required to make pursuant to the tax receivable agreement could be substantial for periods in which we generate taxable income.

In addition, the tax receivable agreement provides that in the case that we exercise our right to early termination of the tax receivable agreement or in the case of a change in control or a material breach by us of our obligations under the tax receivable agreement, the tax receivable agreement will terminate, and we will be required to make a payment equal to the present value of future payments under the tax receivable agreement, which payment would be based on certain assumptions, including those relating to our future taxable income. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreement could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. These provisions of the tax receivable agreement may result in situations where Mr. Kosloske may have interests that differ from or are in addition to those of our stockholders.

We may not be able to realize all or a portion of the tax benefits that are expected to result from future exchanges of Series B Membership Interests for our Class A common stock and payments made under the tax receivable agreement itself.

Our ability to benefit from any depreciation or amortization deductions or to realize other tax benefits that we currently expect to be available as a result of the increases in tax basis created by future exchanges of Series B Membership Interests (together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock) for our Class A common stock, and our ability to realize certain other tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement itself depend on a number of assumptions, including that we earn sufficient taxable income each year during the period over which such deductions are available and that there are no adverse changes in applicable law or regulations. If our actual taxable income were insufficient and/or there were adverse changes in applicable law or regulations, we may be unable to realize all or a portion of these expected benefits and our cash flows and stockholders’ equity could be negatively affected.

If the Internal Revenue Service successfully challenges the tax basis increases, we will not be reimbursed for any payments made under the tax receivable agreement (although future payments under the tax receivable agreement, if any, would be adjusted to reflect the result of any such successful challenge by the Internal Revenue Service). As a result, in certain circumstances, we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreement in excess of our cash tax savings.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Class A Common Stock

We expect that our stock price will fluctuate significantly, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the purchase price.

We completed our IPO in February 2013. From that time through December 31, 2014, shares of our Class A common stock have traded between a low of $5.30 per share to a high of $15.86 per share. Several entities have reported owning, as of December 31, 2014, substantial portions of our Class A common stock. An active, liquid and orderly market for our Class A common stock may not be sustained, which could depress the market price of our Class A common stock and cause you to have difficulty selling any shares of our Class A common stock that you purchase at or above the price you paid or at all. In the future, the market price of our Class A common stock may be highly volatile and trading volumes may be low and could be subject to wide price fluctuations in response to various factors, including:

·

market conditions in the broader stock market in general, or in our industry in particular;

·

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and results of operations;

·

our ability to satisfy our ongoing capital needs and unanticipated cash requirements;

·

additional indebtedness incurred in the future;

·

introduction of new products and services by us or our competitors;

·

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

·

sales of large blocks of our stock;

24


·

additions or departures of key personnel;

·

regulatory developments;

·

litigation and governmental investigations; and

·

economic and political conditions or events.

These and other factors may cause the market price and demand for our Class A common stock to fluctuate substantially, which may limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares of Class A common stock and may otherwise negatively affect the liquidity of our Class A common stock. In addition, in the past, when the market price of a stock has been volatile, holders of that stock have often instituted securities class action litigation against the company that issued the stock. If any of our stockholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business.

The trading market for our Class A common stock may also be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrades our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline due to future sales, or expected sales, of shares of Class A common stock upon the exchange of Series B Membership Interests or exercise of stock appreciation rights.

The market price of our Class A common stock could decline as a result of sales, or the possibility of sales, of a large number of shares of our Class A common stock eligible for future sale upon the exchange of Series B Membership Interests of HPIH (together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock) or upon the exercise of stock appreciation rights. These sales, or the perception that the sales may occur, may also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital by selling equity securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. As of March 12, 2015, 6,841,667 Series B Membership Interests were outstanding. As of that date, there was an effective registration statement covering the resale of Class A common stock delivered in exchange for the Series B Membership Interests, although the holders of the interests are under no obligation to effectuate exchanges and resell the shares they receive. Also as of March 12, 2015, there were approximately 574,000 outstanding stock appreciation rights exercisable for shares of our Class A common stock which are held by our directors and executive officers.

Some provisions of Delaware law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws and the beneficial ownership of a majority of our shares by one person may deter third-parties from acquiring us.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws provide for, among other things:

·

restrictions on the ability of our stockholders to fill a vacancy on the board of directors;

·

prohibit stockholder action by written consent;

·

prohibit cumulative voting in the election of directors, which would otherwise allow holders of less than a majority of stock to elect some directors;

·

provide that special meetings of stockholders may be called only by the board of directors, the chairman of the board of directors or the chief executive officer;

·

establish advance notice procedures for the nomination of candidates for election as directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon at stockholder meetings;

·

directors may be removed only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote

·

 certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may only be amended upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of all of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote; and

·

the authorization of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval.

These anti-takeover defenses, the beneficial ownership of a majority of our shares by one person and other factors could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for our stockholders to elect directors of their choosing and cause us to take other corporate actions that our stockholders desire.

25


We do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.

We currently intend to retain our future earnings, if any, for the foreseeable future to fund the development and growth of our business. We do not intend to pay any dividends to holders of our Class A common stock. As a result, capital appreciation in the price of our Class A common stock, if any, will be your only source of gain on an investment in our Class A common stock.

Our internal control over financial reporting may not be effective in the future, and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to its effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

Although we have determined that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as of December 31, 2014, we previously identified a material weakness in our controls over the design and operation of the financial statement close process that was remediated as of December 31, 2013. If we fail in the future to achieve and maintain the adequacy of our internal controls, as such standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude, on an ongoing basis, that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we may be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. As a result, there could be a negative reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, we may be required to incur costs in improving our internal control system and the hiring of additional personnel. Any such action could negatively affect our results of operations and cash flows.

We are an “emerging growth company” and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Class A common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we benefit from certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which may increase the risk that weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting go undetected, and reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, which may make it more difficult for investors and securities analysts to evaluate our Company. In addition, we have elected under the JOBS Act to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” which in certain circumstances could be up to five years.

HealthPocket Risk Factors

We may not be able to successfully recognize anticipated synergies between HP and HII or retain key HP employees

We anticipate that our HP business, which we acquired in July 2014, will become an increasingly significant part of our consolidated revenues and business over time. The success of the HP acquisition depends on our ability to leverage the assets and business of HP to expand our business, develop new products, and grow our consolidated revenues and net income. This will place significant demands on our management, our operational and financial systems, our infrastructure, and our other resources. In order to successfully leverage the HP acquisition and expand our business, we will need to integrate, motivate, and retain current and new HP employees. Many of these employees are based in Silicon Valley, the location of HP’s offices, and recruiting and retaining top employees in Silicon Valley is very challenging because it is a competitive employment market. If we do not effectively integrate HealthPocket, retain its key employees and manage any resulting anticipated growth, our ability to develop new products and grow the consolidated business in the manner anticipated by the acquisition will suffer.

HP’s business could be harmed if it loses its referral customers or if it becomes dependent upon a limited number of third-party customers

HP earns revenue through referral marketing services, the sale of consumer referrals and advertising to insurance agents, health plans, and related parties who form HP’s customer base. This revenue model is different than our historical business of commission-based distribution, and due to HP’s limited operating history, we are unable to predict the efficiency which we will be able to manage and grow this referral revenue model.

HP referral agreements with insurance agents and carriers are typically non-exclusive and terminable on short notice by either party for any reason. These customers could in the future be unwilling to pay referral fees to HP or may determine to reduce the referral compensation they pay to HP for a variety of reasons, including for competitive or regulatory reasons. The termination or amendment of HP’s referral relationships with its insurance agent or carrier customers will harm HP’s business.

26


Additionally, it is a Company strategy for HPIH and its insurance agent subsidiaries to service an increasing number of HP leads and, in turn, reduce the percentage of referrals sold to third parties to generate referral revenue. However, as a result of this strategy, we will experience a reduction in referral revenue in the short term, potentially in favor of enhanced commission revenue in the long term. If state departments of insurance or federal regulators were to change existing laws, regulations or guidelines, or interpret existing laws, regulations or guidelines, to cause HP’s referral business to fall under the laws governing insurance agents or otherwise prohibit a referral relationship between HP and our insurance agency subsidiary, we may be prevented from successfully pursuing this strategy.

The success of HP’s business depends on the continued availability of government-provided healthcare data

Our HealthPocket.com website aggregates and utilizes government, non-profit, and private data for the U.S. health insurance, Medicare, and Medicaid markets. A significant portion of this data is gathered from government or government-sponsored institutions through the Open Data Initiative at no charge. In the event that this data is no longer available free of charge or if the amount of data is reduced or otherwise deleteriously modified by the government agencies providing it, HP’s business could be materially and adversely affected.

Any legal liability, regulatory penalties, or negative publicity for HP’s web site information or reputation will harm our business

We provide information on our HP platform, including information relating to insurance premiums, coverage, benefits, provider networks, exclusions, limitations, availability, plan and premium comparisons and insurance company ratings. A significant amount of both automated and manual effort is required to maintain the information on our HP platform. In the ordinary course of operating our HP business, we have received complaints that the information we provided was not accurate, was misleading or otherwise violated a third party right. Although in the past we have resolved these complaints without significant financial cost, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to do so in the future. In addition, these types of claims could be time-consuming and expensive to defend, could divert our management’s attention and other resources and could cause a loss of confidence in HP’s services. As a result, these claims could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Additionally, we are subject to various federal and state telemarketing regulations, including the Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”) and the FCC’s implementing regulations, as well as various state telemarketing laws and regulations. Any violation of these regulations could expose us to damages for monetary loss or statutory damages. We would also be harmed to the extent that HP’s reputation as a trusted source of information is damaged. It could also be costly to defend ourselves regardless of the outcome. As a result, inquiries from regulators or our becoming involved in litigation could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

HP depends upon Internet search engines to attract a significant portion of the consumers who visit our HealthPocket.com website

We derive a significant portion of our HealthPocket.com website traffic from consumers who search for health insurance through Internet search engines, such as Google, Bing and Yahoo!. A critical factor in attracting consumers to our HealthPocket.com website is whether we are prominently displayed in response to Internet searches broadly relating to health insurance topics. Search engines typically provide two types of search results, algorithmic listings and paid advertisements. We rely on both algorithmic listings and paid advertisements to attract consumers to our HealthPocket.com website.

Algorithmic search result listings are determined and displayed in accordance with a set of formulas or algorithms developed by the particular Internet search engine. The algorithms determine the order of the listing of results in response to the consumer’s Internet search. From time to time, search engines update these algorithms. In some instances, these modifications have caused our HealthPocket.com website to be listed less prominently in algorithmic search results, which has resulted in decreased traffic to our HealthPocket.com website. We may also be listed less prominently as a result of new websites or changes to existing websites that result in these websites receiving higher algorithmic rankings with the search engine. For example, health insurance exchange websites have recently begun to appear prominently in algorithmic search results. Our HealthPocket.com website may become listed less prominently in algorithmic search results for other reasons, such as search engine technical difficulties, search engine technical changes and changes we make to our HealthPocket.com website. In addition, search engines have deemed the practices of some companies to be inconsistent with search engine guidelines and decided not to list their website in search result listings at all. If we are listed less prominently in, or removed altogether from, search result listings for any reason, the traffic to our HealthPocket.com website could decline and we may not be able to replace this traffic, which in turn could harm the business, operating results and financial condition of our HP business. If we decide to attempt to replace this traffic, we may be required to increase our marketing expenditures, which would also increase our cost of customer acquisition and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

27


We purchase paid advertisements on search engines in order to attract consumers to our HealthPocket.com website. We typically pay a search engine for prominent placement of the HP name and website when particular health insurance-related terms are searched for on the search engine, regardless of the algorithmic search result listings. In some circumstances, the prominence of the placement of our advertisement is determined by a combination of factors, including the amount we are willing to pay and algorithms designed to determine the relevance of our paid advertisement to a particular search term. As with algorithmic search result listings, search engines may revise the algorithms relevant to paid advertisements and websites other than our HP platform may become more optimized for the algorithms. These changes may result in our having to pay increased amounts to maintain our paid advertisement placement in response to a particular search term. We could also have to pay increased amounts should the market share of major search engines continue to become more concentrated with a single search engine. Additionally, we bid against our competitors and others for the display of these paid search engine advertisements. Many of our competitors, including many health insurance carriers and government-run health insurance exchanges, have greater resources with which to bid and better brand recognition than we do. We have experienced increased competition from health insurance carriers and some of our marketing partners for both algorithmic search result listings and for paid advertisements, which has increased our marketing and advertising expenses. If this competition increases further, or if the fees associated with paid search advertisements increase as a result of algorithm changes or other factors, our advertising expenses could rise significantly or we could reduce or discontinue our paid search advertisements, either of which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The success of HP depends on its ability to maintain effective relationships with its existing marketing partners and establish successful relationships with new marketing partners

HP enters into contractual marketing relationships with other online and offline businesses that promote HealthPocket.com to their customers and users. These marketing partners include online advertisers and content providers, and HP typically compensates its marketing partners for their referrals on a performance basis. If HP is unable to maintain successful relationships with its existing marketing partners or fails to establish successful relationships with new marketing partners, our business, results of operations and financial condition will be harmed. Additionally, if competition increases with respect to marketing partner relationships, this would increase the cost of compensation agreements with marketing partners and increase the marketing expenses associated with these partners.

The success of HP depends on the continuation of private health insurance plans available for consumer purchase

HealthPocket.com’s ability to attract consumer traffic and generate member interest is predicated on a health insurance market where consumers have the need for private health insurance and have a plurality of options from which to choose. Should the government regulations reduce or eliminate the availability of health insurance plans provided by private commercial entities then HP’s ability to produce and monetize consumer referrals could be jeopardized.

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

As of December 31, 2014, our operations are located in six different cities throughout the U.S. All properties are leased with various expiration dates. Our two reportable segments that utilize these locations include 1) Insurance Plan Development and Distribution (“IPD”), and 2) HP. Our locations and the reportable segments that use these properties are summarized as follows:

 

Location

 

Segment

 

Approximate
Square Footage

 

 

Type of
Interest

 

Expiration of lease

Tampa, FL

 

IPD

 

 

15,700

 

 

Leased

 

December 2019

Sunrise, FL

 

IPD

 

 

15,500

 

 

Leased

 

January 2016

Boca Raton, FL

 

IPD

 

 

4,000

 

 

Leased

 

April 2015

Sunnyvale, CA

 

HP

 

 

1,800

 

 

Leased

 

Month to month

Waxahachie, TX

 

IPD

 

 

2,000

 

 

Leased

 

March 2015

Haltom City, TX

 

IPD

 

 

3,300

 

 

Leased

 

April 2018

 

We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate to carry out our business at expected capacity for the foreseeable future. Should additional capacity become necessary in the future, we believe that suitable additional or alternative space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate our foreseeable future expansion.

 

28


ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are not currently a party to any material litigation proceedings. From time to time, however, we may be a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

 

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

 

 

29


PART II

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our Class A common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “HIIQ.” On March 12, 2015, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market was $7.21 per share. Our shares of Class A common stock have been publicly traded since February 8, 2013. Prior to that time there was no public market for our Class A common stock. The following table sets forth the high and low sales prices for our Class A common stock for the periods indicated as reported by the Nasdaq Global Market:

 

 

 

High

 

 

Low

 

2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

13.25

 

 

$

9.71

 

Second Quarter

 

 

12.40

 

 

 

9.20

 

Third Quarter

 

 

14.24

 

 

 

10.47

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

11.48

 

 

 

5.30

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2013:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First Quarter (1)

 

$

15.86

 

 

$

12.00

 

Second Quarter

 

 

15.61

 

 

 

8.39

 

Third Quarter

 

 

12.94

 

 

 

9.55

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

14.08

 

 

 

9.61

 

 

(1)

Our Class A common stock has been traded since February 8, 2013. Information related to the first quarter of 2013 relates to the period from February 8, 2013 through March 31, 2013.

There is no public trading market for our Class B common stock.

HOLDERS

As of March 12, 2015, 7,900,085 shares of our Class A common stock and 6,841,667 shares of our Class B common stock were issued and 7,796,989 shares of our Class A common stock and 6,841,667 shares of our Class B common stock were outstanding.  As of March 12, 2015, there were 17 Class A common stockholders of record and two Class B stockholders of record.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not declared dividends on our Class A common stock for the periods presented above. We currently anticipate that we will retain all available funds for use in the operation and expansion of our business, and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Class B common stock is not entitled to any dividend payments under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

30


EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table contains information about the Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) which is our sole equity compensation plan, as of December 31, 2014. Additional information regarding our plan and the equity awards can be found in Note 9 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

 

 

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

(c)

 

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

 

83,975

 

(1)

$

12.13

 

 

 

22,649

 

 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

83,975

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,649

 

 

 

(1)

Excludes 593,750 shares issuable upon exercise of our stock appreciation rights with an exercise price in excess of $7.16, the closing price of our Class A common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on December 31, 2014.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

There were no unregistered sales of equity securities during the three months ended December 31, 2014, other than those previously disclosed in our Current Reports on Form 8-K.

USE OF PROCEEDS

On February 7, 2013, a registration statement (Registration No. 333-185596) relating to the IPO of our Class A common stock was declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The aggregate net proceeds to us from the offering were approximately $60.8 million, after deducting an aggregate of $4.6 million in underwriting discounts and commissions paid to the underwriters and other expenses incurred in connection with the offering.

As of December 31, 2014, we had used $3.2 million of the net proceeds to pay all of our outstanding debt under our loans from a third-party bank. We had also used $1.3 million of the proceeds from the sale of shares through the over-allotment option to acquire Series B Membership Interests, together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock, from Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC, which is controlled by Mr. Kosloske, our Chairman, President, and Chief Executive Officer, which Series B Membership Interests were immediately recapitalized into Series A Membership Interests. We had also used $5.5 million of the net proceeds to complete the transaction with TSG Agency, LLC (“TSG”), a managing general agent of the Company, and $33.7 million of the net proceeds to acquire Secured, HP and ASIA. We used $492,000 to fund start-up costs associated with SIL. We also utilized a portion of the net proceeds from the offering to pay contingent compensation to Secured’s former principals of $3.3 million. As of December 31, 2014, the remaining contingent consideration liability related to Secured was $3.1 million. As of December 31, 2014, fair value of the contingent consideration liability related to ASIA was $1.4 million, and no payments have been made as of December 31, 2014. These acquisitions are described further in Note 2 of the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

We expect to use the remaining proceeds of the offering to fund the cash components of the contingent compensation arrangements related to Secured and ASIA, to expand our advanced commission structure and for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions that are complementary to our business or enable us to enter new markets or provide new products or services. The remaining proceeds are currently held in short-term, highly liquid investment accounts, or certificates of deposit.

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Shares Repurchase Plan

On December 17, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized us to purchase up to 800,000 shares of our registered Class A common stock under a repurchase program which could remain in place until December 31, 2016. We have adopted a plan (the “Repurchase Plan”) under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, in connection with this authorization.  The Repurchase Plan allows us to repurchase our shares of Class A common stock at times when we otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or self-imposed trading blackout periods.

31


During the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased 43,318 shares of our registered Class A common stock under our Repurchase Plan at an average price per share of $7.01.

Employee Awards

Pursuant to certain restricted stock award agreements, we allow the surrender of restricted shares by certain employees to satisfy statutory tax withholding obligations on vested restricted stock awards.

The following table sets forth information with respect to repurchases of our registered Class A common stock during the fiscal quarter ended December 31, 2014:

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

Period

 

Total Number of Shares Repurchased

 

 

Average Price Paid per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publically Announced Plans

 

 

Maximum Number of Shares That May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans

 

October 1, 2014 - October 31, 2014

 

 

1,659

 

(1)

$

9.65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

November 1, 2014 - November 30, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 1, 2014 - December 31, 2014 (2)

 

 

43,318

 

(3)

$

6.99

 

 

 

43,318

 

(4)

 

756,682

 

Total

 

 

44,977

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,318

 

 

 

756,682

 

 

(1)

Shares were surrendered by employees in order to satisfy statutory tax withholding obligations in connection with the vesting of stock-based compensation awards.

(2)

Our Repurchase Plan commenced on December 19, 2014.

(3)

A total of 43,318 shares were purchased under the Repurchase Plan from December 19, 2014 (the date of inception for the Repurchase Plan) through December 31, 2014.

(4)

The cash paid for 35,593 shares of our Class A common stock repurchased under our Repurchase Plan through December 31, 2014, was not settled until after December 31, 2014.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

This item is not applicable for smaller reporting companies.

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations below presents the Company’s operating results for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2014, and its financial condition as of December 31, 2014. Except for the historical information contained herein, this report and other written and oral statements that the Company makes from time to time contain forward-looking statements, which involve substantial known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that could cause the actual results, performance or achievements of results to differ materially from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. See the section of this report entitled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Among the factors that could cause actual results to differ materially are those discussed in “Risks Factors” in Item 1A of this report. In addition, the following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in connection with the information presented in the Company’s consolidated financial statements and the related notes to its consolidated financial statements included in Part IV of this report.

Overview

We are a leading developer, distributor, and virtual administrator of affordable health insurance plans, ancillary products.  In July 2014, we acquired HealthPocket.com, a free website that compares and ranks health insurance plans available to an individual, family, or small business to allow consumers to make their best health plan decisions and reduce their out of pocket costs. HP uses only objective data from government, non-profit, and private sources that carry no condition that might restrict the site from serving as an unbiased resource.

32


Health Insurance and Ancillary Products

We are an industry leader in the sale of STM insurance plans, which provide up to six, eleven or twelve months of health insurance coverage with a wide range of deductible and copay levels. STM plans generally offer qualifying individuals comparable benefits for fixed short-term durations with premiums that are substantially less than the premiums of IMM plans which offer lifetime renewable coverage. STM plans feature a streamlined underwriting process offering immediate coverage options.

Our sales of STM products are supplemented with additional production offerings. In addition to STM plans, we offer guaranteed-issue and underwritten hospital indemnity plans for individuals under the age of 65, which pay fixed cash benefits for covered procedures and services and a variety of ancillary products such as pharmacy benefit cards, dental plans, vision plans, cancer/critical illness plans, and life insurance policies that are frequently purchased as supplements to STM and hospital indemnity plans. We also offer supplemental deductible and gap protection plans for consumers whose IMM plans may not cover certain medical expenses until high deductibles are met.

We design and structure these products on behalf of insurance carrier companies, market them to individuals through our internal and external distribution network. We manage member relations via our online member portal, which is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. Our online enrollment process allows us to aggregate and analyze consumer data and purchasing habits to track market trends and drive product innovation.

Our scalable, proprietary, and web-based technology platform provides customers, whom we refer to as members, immediate access to the products we sell through our distribution partners. The health insurance products we develop are underwritten by insurance carrier companies, and we assume no underwriting, insurance or reimbursement risk. Members can tailor product selections to meet their personal insurance and budget needs, buy policies and print policy documents and identification cards in real-time. Our technology platform uses abbreviated online applications, some with health questionnaires, to provide an immediate accept or reject decision for products that we offer. Once an application is accepted, individuals can use our automated payment system to complete the enrollment process and obtain instant electronic access to their policy fulfillment documents, including the insurance policy, benefits schedule and identification cards. We receive credit card and ACH payments directly from members at the time of sale. Our technology platform provides operating leverage as we add members and reduces the costs associated with marketing, selling, underwriting and administering policies.

Our sales of STM and ancillary products focus on the large and under-penetrated segment of the U.S. population who are uninsured or underinsured, which includes individuals not covered by employer-sponsored insurance plans, such as the self-employed as well as small business owners and their employees, individuals who are unable to afford IMM premiums, underserved “gap populations” that require insurance due to changes caused by life events: new graduates, divorcees, early retirees, military discharges, the unemployed, part-time and seasonal employees and customers seeking health insurance between the open enrollment periods held each year by the Exchanges created under the PPACA.

As the managing general underwriter of our individual health insurance plans and ancillary products, we receive all amounts due in connection with the plans we sell on behalf of the providers of the services. We refer to these total collections as premium equivalents, which typically represent a combination of premiums, fees for discount benefit plans (a non-insurance benefit product that supplements or enhances an insurance product), fees for distributors and our enrollment fees. From premium equivalents, we remit risk premium to carriers and amounts earned by discount benefit plan providers, who we refer to as third-party obligors, such carriers and third-party obligors being the ultimate parties responsible for providing the insurance coverage or discount benefits to the member. Our revenues consist of the balance of the premium equivalents.

We collect premium equivalents upon the initial sale of the plan and then monthly upon each subsequent periodic payment under such plan. We receive most premium equivalents through online credit card or ACH processing. As a result, we have limited accounts receivable. We remit the risk premium to the applicable carriers and the amounts earned by third-party obligors on a monthly basis based on the respective compensation arrangements.

As of December 31, 2014, we had 38,145 STM plans in force, compared with 28,709 on December 31, 2013. We earn our revenues from commissions and fees related to the sale of products to our members. Our ancillary products have created several additional revenue streams and resulted in a significant portion of our business being generated by monthly member renewals. For the year ended December 31, 2014, our premium equivalents and revenues were $156.0 million and $88.8 million, respectively, representing increases of 56.0% and 56.7% when compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. For more detail about the use of premium equivalents as a business metric and a reconciliation of premium equivalents to revenues, see “Key Business Metrics—Premium Equivalents” below.

33


HealthPocket

We acquired HealthPocket in July 2014. HealthPocket provides consumers with access to its leading health insurance information search and comparison technology through its website, HealthPocket.com. This free website allows consumers to easily and clearly compare and rank all health insurance plans available for an individual, family, or small business, empowering consumers to make health plan decisions and reduce their out of pocket costs. HealthPocket also enhances our consolidated business operations by aggregating high-quality product sales referrals for STM and other health insurance products and ancillary products. We can monetize these referrals by selling them to third-party marketers of non-STM products and by turning STM referrals into sales of our STM products. In addition, the data aggregated by HealthPocket is used to research consumer needs and to measure product demand to help us design and manufacture high-demand insurance products.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to traditional financial metrics, we rely upon the following key business metrics to evaluate our business performance and facilitate long-term strategic planning:

Premium equivalents. We define this metric as the combination of premiums, fees for discount benefit plans, and enrollment fees. All amounts not paid out as risk premium to carriers or paid out to other third-party obligors are considered to be revenues for financial reporting purposes. We have included premium equivalents in this report because it is a key measure used by our management to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the inclusion of premium equivalents can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. This financial measurement is considered a non-GAAP financial measure and is not recognized under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and should not be used as, and is not an alternative to, revenues as a measure of our operating performance.

The following table presents a reconciliation of premium equivalents to revenues for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Premium equivalents

 

$

156,039

 

 

$

100,002

 

Less risk premium

 

 

63,900

 

 

 

40,922

 

Less amounts earned by third party obligors

 

 

3,381

 

 

 

2,441

 

Revenues

 

$

88,758

 

 

$

56,639

 

Plans in force. We consider a plan to be in force when we have issued a member his or her insurance policy or discount benefit plan and have collected the applicable premium payments and/or discount benefit fees. Our plans in force are an important indicator of our expected revenues, as we receive a monthly commission for up to six months for our six-month STM plans, up to eleven months for our eleven months plans, up to twelve months for our approximately twelve-month (i.e., up to 364 days) STM plans and often more than twelve months for our hospital indemnity and discount benefit plans, provided that the policy or discount benefit plan is not cancelled. A member may be enrolled in more than one policy or discount benefit plan simultaneously. A plan becomes inactive upon notification to us of termination of the policy or discount benefit plan, when the member’s policy or discount benefit plan expires or following non-payment of premiums or discount benefit fees when due.

The following table presents the number of policies in force by product type as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

Change (%)

 

 

STM

 

 

38,145

 

 

 

28,709

 

 

 

32.9

 

%

Hospital indemnity

 

 

12,664

 

 

 

8,366

 

 

 

51.4

 

%

Ancillary products

 

 

55,434

 

 

 

36,611

 

 

 

51.4

 

%

Total

 

 

106,243

 

 

 

73,686

 

 

 

44.2

 

%

Adjusted gross margin. We define adjusted gross margin as revenue less third party commissions and credit card and ACH fees.  Adjusted gross margin does not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to revenues, as determined in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted gross margin is a key measure used by our management to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short-term and long-term operational plans. In particular, adjusted gross margin can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. Adjusted gross margin has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

34


The following table presents a reconciliation of premium equivalents and revenues to adjusted gross margin ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Premium equivalents

 

$

156,039

 

 

$

100,002

 

Less risk premium

 

 

63,900

 

 

 

40,922

 

Less amounts earned by third party obligors

 

 

3,381

 

 

 

2,441

 

Revenues

 

 

88,758

 

 

 

56,639

 

Cost of revenues

 

 

2,391

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

86,367

 

 

 

56,639

 

Less third-party commissions

 

 

42,760

 

 

 

32,244

 

Less credit card and ACH fees

 

 

1,863

 

 

 

1,173

 

Adjusted gross margin

 

$

41,744

 

 

$

23,222

 

 

EBITDA. We define this metric as net (loss) income before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation and amortization. We have included EBITDA in this report because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our business. However, EBITDA does not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to net income or cash flows from operations, each as determined in accordance with GAAP. Other companies may calculate EBITDA differently than we do. EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

Adjusted EBITDA. To calculate adjusted EBITDA, we calculate EBITDA, which is then further adjusted for items that are not part of regular operating activities, including acquisition costs, contract termination costs, and other non-cash items such as non-cash stock-based compensation. Adjusted EBITDA does not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to net income or cash flows from operations, each as determined in accordance with GAAP. We have presented adjusted EBITDA because we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance and believe that it is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies. Other companies may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do. Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Net income (loss) (1)

 

$

423

 

 

$

(8,419

)

Interest (income) expense

 

 

(13

)

 

 

1

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,367

 

 

 

1,313

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

90

 

 

 

18

 

EBITDA

 

 

2,867

 

 

 

(7,087

)

Non-cash stock based compensation

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

6,296

 

Fair value adjustment to contingent consideration

 

 

1,103

 

 

 

453

 

Transaction costs

 

 

776

 

 

 

301

 

Tax receivable agreement liability adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

423

 

Other non-recurring charges

 

 

863

 

 

 

 

Contract termination expense

 

 

 

 

 

5,500

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

8,063

 

 

$

5,886

 

 

(1)

Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2013 includes a one-time expense of $5.5 million related to the termination of contact rights with TSG. For further information, see “Comparison of 2014 and 2013” below.

35


Adjusted net income. Adjusted net income is computed by subtracting depreciation (but not amortization of intangible assets) from adjusted EBITDA to determine adjusted pre-tax income, from which an assumed tax expense calculated at the 38% federal statutory rate is deducted. We have included adjusted net income in this annual report because it is a key measure used by our management to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends and because we believe it is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies. Other companies may calculate this measure differently than we do. Adjusted net income has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or substitution for earnings per share as reported under GAAP.

The following table presents a reconciliation of adjusted EBITDA to adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

8,063

 

 

$

5,886

 

Less depreciation

 

 

160

 

 

 

95

 

Adjusted pre-tax income

 

 

7,903

 

 

 

5,791

 

Less income tax expense

 

 

3,003

 

 

 

2,201

 

Adjusted net income

 

$

4,900

 

 

$

3,590

 

Total diluted share count

 

 

12,899

 

 

 

13,380

 

Adjusted net income per share (1)

 

$

0.38

 

 

$

0.27

 

(1)

Adjusted net income per share is computed by dividing adjusted net income by the weighted average number of diluted Class A and total Class B shares for each period.

Adjusted net income per share. Adjusted net income per share is computed by dividing adjusted net income by the total number of diluted Class A and Class B shares of our common stock for each period. We have included adjusted net income per share in this report because it is a key measure used by our management to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends and because we believe it is frequently used by analysts, investors and other interested parties in the evaluation of companies. Other companies may calculate this measure differently than we do. Adjusted net income per share has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for earnings per share as reported under GAAP.

Results of Operations

Comparison of 2014 and 2013

Comparability between the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is affected by acquisitions during those years. Secured was acquired in July 2013; HP and ASIA were acquired in July and August 2014, respectively.

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we operated as two operating segments: 1) IPD, and 2) HP. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we operated as a single operating segment IPD. The IPD segment comprises our business activities in designing, implementing and administering STM and other products and the distribution of those products to consumer via our call center distribution network and online purchasing. The HP segment comprises the business activities of HP, including the development of HealthPocket.com and the generation of referral-based and other revenues.

36


The following table shows the financial results of our operating segments for the year ended December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands). For the year ended December 31, 2013, we operated as a single operating segment. The discussion of components of results of operations that follows the table is made at a consolidated level, with segment level discussions included where applicable.  Because HP was acquired in the second half of 2014, there is no segment comparability with 2013.  

 

 

 

IPD

 

 

HP

 

 

Inter-Segment Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated Total

 

Revenues

 

$

85,960

 

 

$

3,258

 

 

$

(460

)

 

$

88,758

 

Gross margin

 

 

85,960

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

86,367

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

80,720

 

 

 

1,867

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

82,127

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,730

 

 

 

637

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,367

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

82,450

 

 

 

2,504

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

84,494

 

Other expense

 

 

1,354

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,360

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

2,156

 

 

 

(1,643

)

 

 

 

 

 

513

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

757

 

 

 

(667

)

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,399

 

 

$

(976

)

 

$

 

 

$

423

 

Total assets as of December 31, 2014

 

$

55,041

 

 

$

31,723

 

 

$

(592

)

 

$

86,172

 

 

Revenues

Our revenues primarily consist of commissions and fees earned for health insurance policies and ancillary products issued to members, enrollment fees paid by members, and administration fees paid by members as a direct result of our enrollment services.  The members’ payments include a combination of risk premium, fees for discount benefit plans and an enrollment fee, which are collectively referred to as “premium equivalents.” Revenues reported by the Company are net of premiums remitted to insurance carriers and fees paid for discount benefit plans. Commissions and fees attributable to the sale of STM plans, hospital indemnity policies and ancillary products represented substantially all of our revenues for the periods presented.

Revenues also include commissions for sales of certain non-HII products by our owned call centers, as well as revenues from the sale of customer referrals from the HP segment.  

For insurance policies and ancillary products, we earn commissions for the policies issued, enrollment fees paid by members and administration fees paid by members as a direct result of our enrollment services. We recognize revenues upon the member’s acceptance of a policy. Our revenues represent premiums and fees for discount benefit plans, net of risk premium and amounts earned by third-party obligors, respectively. We recognize commissions as we collect the premiums and fees for discount benefit plans.

Revenue is earned at the time of sale. Commission rates for our products are agreed to in advance with the relevant insurance carrier and vary by carrier and policy type. Under our carrier compensation arrangements, the commission rate schedule that is in effect on the policy effective date governs the commissions over the life of the policy. In addition, we earn enrollment and administration fees on policies issued. All amounts due to insurance carriers and discount benefit vendors are reported and paid to them according to the procedures provided for in the contractual agreements between the individual carrier or vendor and us.

We continue to receive a commission payment until the plan expires or is terminated. Accordingly, a significant portion of our monthly revenues is predictable on a month-to-month basis and revenues increase in direct proportion to the growth we experience in the number of plans in force. Revenues for 2014 were $88.8 million, an increase of $32.1 million, or 56.7%, compared to 2013. The increases were primarily due to the increase in the number of policies in force. The increase in policies in force was due primarily to the continuing expansion of our distribution network. In addition, the number of ancillary policies in force as of December 31, 2014 increased as we implemented a strategy to focus on including ancillary products to complement our core medical policy sales.

Commission revenues earned at ICE, Secured, and ASIA, which are licensed insurance agent call centers are recognized as earned for sales of insurance and ancillary products. Commissions are earned based on commission rates contracted with insurance carriers or ancillary insurance product vendors, net of an estimate for forfeiture amounts payable for future policy cancellations.

HP’s revenue is principally derived from marketing fees, licensing fees, limited exclusivity fees, and landing page development fees. HP recognizes revenue when: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer reflecting the terms and conditions under which products or services will be provided; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been provided; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured.

37


Revenues for the HP operating segment are $2.8 million. The revenues were primarily the result of referrals generated by HealthPocket.com which were sold to our referral partners.  

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues consist primarily of marketing costs for online advertising and relate only to the HP segment. Cost of revenues was $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. HP was acquired in July 2014; as such there was no comparable amount during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Third-party Commissions

Our third-party commissions consist of fees and commissions paid to distributors for selling our products to members, which we pay monthly for existing members and on a weekly basis for new members. Generally, we have expected third party commissions as a percentage of revenue to remain generally consistent with prior periods; however, as noted above, in July 2013, we acquired Secured, a significant distributor, and third party commissions decreased as a percentage of revenues in 2013. As a result of the acquisition, we expect third party commissions to decrease on a consolidated basis in future periods, as the commissions paid to Secured are eliminated in consolidation. Third-party commissions is a component of the IPD segment only.

Third-party commissions for 2014 were $42.8 million, an increase of $10.5 million, or 32.6%, compared to 2013. The increases in third party commissions were primarily due to an increase in the number of plans in force. The acquisition enabled us to eliminate $2.7 million in commission expense in 2013.

Third-party commissions represented 48.2% and 27.4% of revenues and premium equivalents, respectively, for 2014 as compared to 56.9% and 32.2% of revenues and premium equivalents for 2013. This decrease was primarily due to the acquisition of Secured and the elimination of override commission payments previously paid to TSG. We terminated certain contract rights with TSG in March 2013. See “Contract Termination Expense” below.

Credit Card and ACH Fees

Our credit card and ACH fees are fees paid to our banks and processors for the collection of credit card and ACH payments. We expect credit card and ACH fees as a percentage of revenue to remain generally consistent with prior periods. Credit card and ACH fees are a component of the IPD segment only.

Credit card and ACH fees for 2014 were $1.9 million, an increase of $690,000, or 58.8%, compared to 2013. The increase in credit card and ACH fees was primarily due to the increase in the number of plans in force.

Credit card and ACH fees represented 2.1% of revenues for 2014 and 2013.

Contract Termination Expense

Contract termination expense relates to a payment of $5.5 million to terminate certain contract rights with TSG, a managing general agent for the Company, during March 2013. This transaction was treated as an expense on the accompanying consolidated statement of operations for 2013. We did not experience any contract termination expense in 2014.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Our selling, general and administrative (“S, G & A”) expenses primarily consist of personnel costs, which include salaries, bonuses, commissions, stock-based compensation, payroll taxes and benefits. S, G & A expenses also include selling and marketing expenses and travel costs associated with obtaining new distributor relationships. In addition, these expenses also include expenses for outside professional services and technology expenses, including legal, audit and financial services and the maintenance of our administrative technology platform. In addition, the insurance brokerage operating expenses of Secured, ASIA and ICE are included in this category.

The increase in S, G & A expenses for the year ended December 31, 2014 was primarily attributable to a $6.9 million increase in operating expenses at Secured and SIL. The comparable period in 2013 included only the operations of Secured and SIL subsequent to Secured’s acquisition in July 2013 and SIL’s formation and commencement of operations in 2013. In addition, operating expenses at ICE increased $2.4 million due to increased payroll and investments for growth. Operating expenses also included $3.5 million of expenses at HP and ASIA; HP and ASIA were not owned by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in S, G & A also included $672,000 of increases in operating expenses, primarily investments for future growth.  These expenses included marketing, selling and headquarters support including executive hires, payroll and certain non-recurring charges including executive severance.  

38


Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense is primarily related to the amortization of acquired intangible assets as well as depreciation of property and equipment used in our business.

Depreciation and amortization expenses for 2014 were $2.4 million, an increase of $1.1 million, compared to 2013. The increase in depreciation and amortization was primarily driven by amortization of intangible assets acquired in the Secured, HP and ASIA acquisitions.

Fair Value Adjustment to Contingent Consideration

We acquired Secured and ASIA in July 2013 and August 2014, respectively.  The consideration for these acquisitions included contingent consideration, payable upon the attainment of certain economic thresholds. This contingent consideration is payable in cash and is included as contingent consideration liability on the accompanying audited balance sheets.  See Note 2 of the accompanying audited financial statements for further information on these acquisitions and the contingent consideration agreements therein.  

Under GAAP, contingent consideration arrangements should be recorded at fair value for each period presented. The adjustments to the balances are recorded in the statement of operations. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded $1.1 million and $453,000 of expense related to changes in the fair value of the contingent consideration agreements. The fair value adjustments relate primarily to an increase in the probability of payment for the Secured contingent consideration and the discounting of the liabilities.

Other Expense (Income)

Other expense was $270,000 and $397,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Other expense for 2014 included a charge of $500,000 for a cash deposit for a potential acquisition that we did not consummate, partially offset by $220,000 of fees charged to distributors for advanced commissions and a gain on the sale of an investment for $20,000. Other expense for 2013 included an expense payable to Mr. Kosloske under the tax receivable agreement for $423,000 and a loss on extinguishment of debt of $71,000, partially offset by $93,000 from fees charged to distributors for advance commissions.

Provision for income taxes

For 2014, we recorded a provision for income taxes of $90,000, reflecting an effective tax rate of 17.5%. For 2013, we incurred a provision for income taxes of $18,000, reflecting an effective tax rate of (0.2)%. During 2014, the effective tax rate was significantly impacted by a change in the valuation allowance provided against our deferred tax assets that was made as a result of obligations under the tax receivable agreement that will permit certain tax benefits to be realized. The effective tax rate for 2013 was significantly impacted by expenses for stock compensation that were not yet deductible for tax purposes.

Noncontrolling Interest

We are the sole managing member of HPIH and have 100% of the voting rights and control. As of December 31, 2014, we had a 53.4% economic interest in HPIH, and HPI had a 46.6% economic interest in HPIH. HPI’s interest in HPIH is reflected as a noncontrolling interest on our accompanying consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report.

Net loss attributable to HII for 2014 included HII’s share of its consolidated entities’ net loss and a provision for income taxes of $756,000. Net loss attributable to HII for 2013 included HII’s shares of its consolidated entities’ net loss, tax receivable agreement liability adjustment of $454,000, and a provision for income tax of $18,000.

On June 30, 2013, we acquired TSG’s interest in ICE for $90,000, and ICE became a wholly-owned subsidiary. Prior to June 30, 2013, we had an 80% controlling interest in ICE and TSG had a 20% noncontrolling interest in ICE.

39


On August 15, 2014, we entered into an underwriting agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as the underwriter, and HPI and HPIS, as selling stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders”). Pursuant to the underwriting agreement and an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) between the Company and holders of Series B Membership Interests in HPIH, under which holders of Series B Membership Interests may exchange Series B Membership Interests, together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, we issued 1,725,000 shares of Class A common stock, at a public offering price of $12.15 per share ($11.54 per share, net of underwriting discounts), for net proceeds of $19.9 million. We immediately used these proceeds to acquire Series B Membership Interests, together an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock from HPI and HPIS. These Series B Membership Interests were immediately recapitalized into Series A Membership Interests in HPIH. The Selling Stockholders agreed to sell to the underwriter for resale all 1,725,000 shares of Class A common stock. No shares were sold by the Company in this offering. The sale by the Selling Stockholders was made pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-3. No other shares of Class A common stock have been issued or sold pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-3.  See Note 8 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for more information on this transaction and the Exchange Agreement.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

As of December 31, 2014, we had $14.3 million of cash and cash equivalents, $7.6 million of cash held on behalf of others, and $461,000 of short-term investments. On July 14, 2014, we acquired HP for a cash payment of $21.9 million, plus 815,991 shares of our Class A common stock, net, with such shares of Class A common stock having an agreed upon aggregate value of $10.0 million, or $11.10 per share, which had a fair value of $6.7 million as of the acquisition date.

On August 8, 2014, we acquired ASIA, a Texas insurance brokerage, for an initial cash payment of $1.8 million, comprised of a prior deposit of $325,000 and a closing payment of $1.5 million, and $2.2 million in contingent consideration.  See Note 2 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements contained elsewhere in this report for further information related to these acquisitions.

On December 15, 2014, we entered into a three-year revolving line of credit (“RLOC”) for $15.0 million with a bank. The purpose of the RLOC is to provide working capital to support our general corporate expenses and to help us maintain adequate liquidity. We have not drawn on the RLOC as of December 31, 2014.

We believe that our available cash and cash flows expected to be generated from operations will be adequate to satisfy our current and planned operations for at least the next 12 months, although we can give no assurances concerning future liquidity.

Our Indebtedness

On December 15, 2014, we entered into the RLOC for $15.0 million with a bank. The purpose of the RLOC is to provide working capital to support our general corporate expenses and to help us maintain adequate liquidity. Borrowings under the facility are secured by all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets, including, but not limited to, cash, accounts receivable, and property and equipment.

In September 2011, we entered into a bank loan agreement with a third-party bank with a principal amount of $4.3 million. On February 13, 2013, we repaid the remaining $3.2 million outstanding balance of the term loan, using a portion of the proceeds of the IPO.

As a result of no borrowings against the ROLC and the repayment of the bank loan from the IPO proceeds, at December 31, 2014 we have no outstanding indebtedness.

Cash Flows

The following summary of cash flows for the periods indicated has been derived from our financial statements included elsewhere in this report ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Statements of Cash Flows Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

1,971

 

 

$

(1,242

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

$

(1,222

)

 

$

(32,565

)

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

$

(3,547

)

 

$

50,111

 

40


Cash Flows from Operating Activities

We experienced positive cash flows from operating activities during 2014 of $2.0 million as compared to negative cash flow from operating activities during 2013 of $1.3 million. The primary causes of the adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities were $2.4 million of depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets, $1.1 million of fair value adjustment to the contingent consideration, and $2.5 million of stock-based compensation. The primary causes of the net change in operating assets and liabilities were an increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities by $3.9 million offset by an increase in advance commissions of $3.4 million and an increase in cash held on behalf of others of $3.1 million.

The cash used in operating activities for 2013 was primarily attributable to the $5.5 million contract termination expense described above, an increase of $ 2.2 million in advanced commissions and increased S, G & A expenses, partially offset by an in increase in revenues.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

Our primary uses of cash in investing activities for 2014 included cash used to acquire businesses of $22.3 million, acquisitions of available-for-sale securities of $18.0 million, purchase of property and equipment of $291,000, partially offset by proceeds from the sale of available-for-sale securities of $33.0 million and maturities of held-to-maturity securities of $6.9 million.

Our primary investing activities in 2013 consisted of purchases of investments and the acquisition of Secured. We have invested a portion of the net proceeds of the IPO in certain cash equivalents and certificates of deposit, which are classified as held-to-maturity and have maturities greater than three months. During 2013, we invested $15.0 million in a fixed income mutual fund that we sold for $15.0 million in December 2013. This transaction settled in January 2014, and as of December 31, 2013, the receivable for the proceeds is reflected as investment proceeds receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Our capital expenditures in 2013 of $143,000 primarily consisted of purchases of computer equipment, furniture and fixtures and computer software.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

During 2014, cash used in financing activities was primarily attributable to purchases of Series B Membership Interests of $21.0 million, payments made against contingent acquisition consideration of $1.8 million, $1.2 million of distributions to members of HPIH and $304,000 to repurchase shares of our common stock under a share repurchase plan, partially offset by proceeds from a private placement of our Class A common stock of $21.0 million.

In 2013 cash provided by financing activities was $50.1 million. Cash provided by financing activities in 2013 consisted of $60.8 million in net proceeds from the IPO, partially offset by payments made on debt and other obligations of $7.2 million, payments of equity issuance costs of $1.6 million and $2.2 million of distributions to members of HPIH.

Revolving Line of Credit

The purpose of the RLOC is to provide working capital to support our general corporate expenses and to help us maintain adequate liquidity. Borrowings under this facility are secured by all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets, including, but not limited to, cash, accounts receivable, and property and equipment. The stated interest rate for the RLOC is 30-day LIBOR, plus 1.95%. We have not drawn on the RLOC as of December 31, 2014.

The RLOC is subject to customary covenants and restrictions which, among other things, require us to maintain minimum working capital equal to 1.50 times the outstanding balance, and require that our maximum funded debt to tangible net worth ratio shall not exceed 1.50 at any time during the term of the RLOC. The RLOC also imposes certain nonfinancial covenants on us that would require immediate payment if we, among other things, reorganize, merge, consolidate, or otherwise change ownership or business structure without the bank’s prior written consent.

The RLOC agreements also contain customary representations and warranties and events of default. The payment of outstanding principal under the RLOC and accrued interest thereon may be accelerated and become immediately due and payable upon default of payment or other performance obligations or failure to comply with financial or other covenants in the RLOC agreements, subject to applicable notice requirements and cure periods as provided in the RLOC agreements.

Under the terms of the RLOC, we incurred certain costs related to acquiring the RLOC of $23,000. These costs have been capitalized and are included in Accounts receivable, net, prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2014. The deferred financing costs consist primarily of consulting and legal fees directly related to the bank loan. These amounts are amortized over the life of the related debt.

41


Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Through December 31, 2014, we had not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements, other than the operating leases discussed in Note 14 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires our management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the applicable periods. We base our estimates, assumptions and judgments on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Different assumptions and judgments could change the estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements, which, in turn, could change the results from those reported. We evaluate our estimates, assumptions and judgments on an ongoing basis. The critical accounting estimates, assumptions and judgments that we believe have the most significant impact on our financial statements are described below. We have elected under the JOBS Act to delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. As a result of this election, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates.

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues consist primarily of commissions earned for health insurance policies and discount benefit plans issued to members, enrollment fees paid by members, and administration fees paid by members as a direct result of our enrollment services. The members’ payments include a combination of risk premium, fees for discount benefit plans and an enrollment fee, which are collectively referred to as “premium equivalents.” Revenues reported by the Company are net of premiums remitted to insurance carriers and fees paid for discount benefit plans. Revenues are net of an allowance for policies expected to be cancelled by members during a limited cancellation period. We establish an allowance for estimated policy cancellations through a charge to revenues. The allowance is estimated using historical data to project future experience. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported. We periodically review the adequacy of the allowance, which generally has been accurate in the past, and record adjustments as necessary. Historically, the variation of those estimates to actual results is immaterial and material variation is not expected in the future. The net allowance for estimated policy cancellations as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013 was $159,000 and $191,000, respectively.

Revenue is earned at the time of sale. Commission rates for our products are agreed to in advance with the relevant insurance carrier and vary by carrier and policy type. Under our carrier compensation arrangements, the commission rate schedule that is in effect on the policy effective date governs the commissions over the life of the policy. In addition, we earn enrollment and administration fees on policies issued. All amounts due to insurance carriers and discount benefit vendors are reported and paid to them according to the procedures provided for in the contractual agreements between the individual carrier or vendor and us. Premiums are typically reported and remitted to insurance carriers on the 15th of the month following the end of the month in which they are collected.

In concluding that revenues should be reported on a net basis, we considered Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) requirements and whether we have the responsibility to provide the goods or services to the customer or if we rely on a supplier to provide the goods or services to the customer. We are not the ultimate party responsible for providing the insurance coverage or discount benefits to the member and, therefore, we are not the primary obligor in the arrangement. The supplier, or insurance carrier, bears the risk for that insurance coverage. We therefore report our revenues net of amounts paid to the contracted insurance carrier companies and discount benefit vendors.

Commission revenues earned at ICE, Secured, and ASIA, which are licensed insurance agent call centers are recognized as earned for sales of insurance and ancillary products. Commissions are earned based on commission rates contracted with insurance carriers or ancillary insurance product vendors, net of an estimate for forfeiture amounts payable for future policy cancellations.

HP’s revenue is principally derived from marketing fees, licensing fees, limited exclusivity fees, and landing page development fees. HP recognizes revenue when: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer reflecting the terms and conditions under which products or services will be provided; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been provided; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured.

Revenue is considered earned when the performance measures have been completed. Deposits (whether refundable or non-refundable), early payments and progress payments are not recognized as revenue until the revenue producing event has occurred.

42


Marketing fee revenue. HP offers marketing services over a specified term. This fee is related to telephone and website traffic received by HealthPocket.com for the customer and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the specified term of the marketing services. There are two ways marketing fee revenue is determined: lead fee revenue and conversion fee revenue. HP offers lead marketing services in the form of providing leads to customers. Revenue for leads provided is recognized based on the contractually agreed price per lead multiplied by the number of leads provided by HP during the period. HP offers conversion marketing services in the form of providing leads to customers with revenue recognized on a cost per acquisition basis. Revenue is calculated based on the number of qualifying conversions generated by HP leads. The customer collects conversion data and provides a contractually agreed periodical report to HP. Revenue is recognized based on the agreed price per lead conversion multiplied by the number of leads converted during the period.

Limited exclusivity fee revenue. HP offers to certain customers limited exclusivity for placement of advertisements on the HealthPocket website for a fee. This fee is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the limited exclusivity term.

Landing page development. HP offers to design, build and support a customer’s hosting of certain landing pages for the purpose of capturing e-leads and phone calls. Revenue for this service is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the support period of the landing pages.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

As a result of our various acquisitions, we have recorded goodwill which represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in a transaction accounted for as a business combination. An impairment test is performed by us at least annually as of October 1st of each year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate a potential for impairment.

Under FASB guidance, we have the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether based on the fact and circumstances it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of its net assets. A qualitative assessment will require judgments involving relevant factors, including but not limited to, changes in the general economic environment, industry and regulatory considerations, current economic performance compared to historical economic performance and other relevant company-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel or business strategy, where applicable. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment, or if we determine, based upon our assessment of those qualitative factors that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, a quantitative assessment for impairment is required.  We have two reporting units, which are our operating segments, IPD and HP.

The quantitative assessment for evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill involves a two-step assessment process which requires significant estimates and judgments by us to be used during the analysis. In step one we determine if there is an indication of goodwill impairment by determining the fair value of the reporting unit’s net assets and comparing that value to the reporting unit’s carrying value including the goodwill. If the carrying value of the net assets exceed the fair value, then the second step of the impairment assessment is required. The step two assessment determines if an impairment exists, and if so, the magnitude of the impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value of the goodwill determines the amount of impairment which would then be recorded as a loss on our statement of operations in the year the impairment occurred.

While performing a reporting unit’s impairment assessment we use a combination of valuation approaches including the market approach and the income approach.

The market approach uses a guideline company methodology, which is based upon a comparison of the reporting unit to similar publicly-traded companies within our industry. We derive a market value of invested capital or business enterprise value for each comparable company by multiplying the price per share of common stock of the publicly traded companies by their total common shares outstanding and adding each company’s current level of debt. We calculate a business enterprise multiple based on revenue and earnings from each company, then apply those multiples to our revenue and earnings to calculate a business enterprise value. Assumptions regarding the selection of comparable companies are made based on, among other factors, capital structure, operating environment and industry. As the comparable companies were typically larger and more diversified than our business, multiples were adjusted prior to application to our revenues and earnings to reflect differences in margins, long-term growth prospects and market capitalization.

43


The income approach uses a discounted debt-free cash flow analysis to measure fair value by estimating the present value of future economic benefits. To perform the discounted debt-free cash flow analysis, we develop a pro forma analysis of the reporting unit to estimate future available debt-free cash flow and discounting estimated debt-free cash flow by an estimated industry weighted average cost of capital based on the same comparable companies used in the market approach. Per FASB guidance, the weighted average cost of capital is based on inputs (e.g., capital structure, risk, etc.) from a market participant’s perspective and not necessarily from the reporting unit’s perspective. Future cash flow is projected based on assumptions for our economic growth, industry expansion, future operations and the discount rate, all of which require significant judgments by management.

We establish our assumptions and arrive at the estimates used in these calculations based upon our historical experience, knowledge of our industry and by incorporating third-party data, which we believe results in a reasonably accurate approximation of fair value. Nevertheless, changes in the assumptions used could have an impact on our assessment of recoverability. We believe our projected sales are reasonable based on, among other things, available information regarding our industry. We also believe the royalty rate is appropriate. The weighted average discount rate is impacted by current financial market trends and will remain dependent on such trends in the future. Absent offsetting changes in other factors, a 1% increase in the discount rate would decrease the estimated fair value of our reporting units IPD and HP by approximately $9.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively, but would not result in an impairment.

After computing a separate business enterprise value under the above approaches, we apply a weighting to them to derive the business enterprise value of the reporting unit. The weightings are evaluated each time a goodwill impairment assessment is performed and give consideration to the relative reliability of each approach at that time. Based on these weightings, we calculated a business enterprise value for the reporting unit. The implied fair value is then compared to the reporting unit’s carrying value. Upon completion of the analysis in step one as of October 1, 2014, we determined that the fair value of each reporting unit exceeded its respective carrying value. As such, a step two analysis was not required.

See Note 2 and Note 5 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for further information on the acquisitions and our goodwill balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Other Intangible Assets

Our other intangible assets arose primarily from the acquisitions described above and consist of a brand, the carrier network, distributor relationships, customer relationships, noncompete agreements and capitalized software. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives from two to fifteen years.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Expense for stock-based compensation is recognized based upon estimated grant date fair value and is amortized over the service period of the awards using the accelerated method. For grants of SARs and stock options, we apply the Black-Scholes option-pricing model in determining the fair value of share-based payments to employees. This model incorporates various assumptions, including expected volatility and expected term. Expected stock price volatilities are estimated using implied volatilities of comparable publicly-traded companies. The expected term of awards granted is based on expectations of future employee behavior.

The resulting compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period. The requisite service period is the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for an award, which often is the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest. All stock-based compensation expense is classified within S, G & A expense in the consolidated statements of operations. We do not believe there is a reasonable likelihood there will be a material change in the future estimates or assumptions we use to determine stock-based compensation expense. A 1% change in our stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2014, would have affected net income by approximately $24,000.

44


Fair Value Measurements

We measure and report financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (referred to as an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value of our financial assets and liabilities is determined by using three levels of input, which are defined as follows: 

 

Level 1:

  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2:

  

 

Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability

 

Level 3:

  

 

Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

We utilize the market approach to measure the fair value of our financial assets. As subjectivity exists with respect to many of the valuation techniques, the fair value estimates we have disclosed may not equal prices that we may ultimately realize if the assets are sold or the liabilities are settled with third parties.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In the following summary of recent accounting pronouncements, all references to effective dates of FASB guidance relate to nonpublic entities. As noted above, we have elected to delay the adoption of new and revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to nonpublic companies under provisions of the JOBS Act.

In May 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to its accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. The amendment clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The guidance is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in the judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. We will adopt this guidance in reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this pronouncement on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance which states that a liability for uncertain tax positions, or a portion of a liability for uncertain tax provisions, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available as of the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, liability for uncertain tax positions should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the uncertain tax position and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. We plan to adopt this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2015, but we do not anticipate that it will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Legal and Other Contingencies

We are not currently a party to any material litigation proceedings. From time to time, however, we may be a party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. Regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

This item is not applicable for smaller reporting companies.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Financial statements and exhibits filed under this item are listed in the index appearing in Item 15 of this report.

45


ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

There were no disagreements with accountants on accounting or financial disclosure during 2014 and 2013.

Change in Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm

On April 14, 2014, the Audit Committee dismissed Ernst & Young, LLP (“E&Y”) as our independent registered certified public accounting firm. E&Y’s audit reports on our consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion and were not qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope, or accounting principles.

During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and through April 14, 2014, there were (i) no “disagreements” as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K, between the Company and Ernst & Young on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the satisfaction of Ernst & Young, would have caused Ernst & Young to make reference to the subject matter of the disagreements in its reports on the financial statements for such years, and (ii) no “reportable events” as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K other than, as disclosed in HII’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and HII’s Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the quarterly periods ended March 31, June 30 and September 30, 2013, management’s identification of material weaknesses concerning the lack of internal control to prepare financial statements. The subject matter of the material weaknesses was discussed by management and the Audit Committee with Ernst & Young, and the Company authorized Ernst & Young to respond fully to inquiries of the Company’s successor independent registered public accounting firm concerning the subject matter of the material weaknesses.

On April 14, 2014, the Company selected Grant Thornton LLP as its new independent registered public accounting firm, effective immediately. The decision to engage Grant Thornton LLP as the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm was approved by the Company’s Audit Committee. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and through April 14, 2014, the date of Grant Thornton LLP’s selection, neither the Company, nor anyone acting on its behalf, consulted Grant Thornton LLP regarding either (i) the application of accounting principles to a specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered with respect to the consolidated financial statements of the Company, in any case where a written report or oral advice was provided to the Company by Grant Thornton LLP that Grant Thornton LLP concluded was an important factor considered by the Company in reaching a decision as to any accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or (ii) any matter that was the subject of a disagreement (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(iv) of Regulation S-K and the related instructions) or a “reportable event” (as that term is defined in Item 304(a)(1)(v) of Regulation S-K).  

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management has evaluated, under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act.

Based on this evaluation as of December 31, 2014, the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2014 to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

46


Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management, under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.  Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

The Company’s management has assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. In making its assessment of our internal control over financial reporting, management used Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). The Company’s management has concluded that, as of December 31, 2014, our internal control over financial reporting was effective. The Company’s management excluded the internal controls over financial reporting of both HP and ASIA, from our assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2014. Both were acquired during 2014 in transactions and accounted for as business combinations. The assets of HP represent approximately 1.8% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2014 excluding the goodwill and net intangible assets resulting from the acquisition. The revenues of HP represented approximately 3.2% of our consolidated revenues in 2014. The assets of ASIA represent approximately 0.2% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2014 excluding the goodwill and net intangible assets resulting from the acquisition. The revenues of ASIA represented approximately 1.6% of our consolidated revenues in 2014.

This report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting as emerging growth companies are not required to include such report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting during the year ended December 31, 2014 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

None.

 

 

 

47


PART III

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information provided under the headings “Election of Directors - Nominees for Election for a One-Year Term Expiring at the 2015 Annual Meeting,” “Corporate Governance,” “Current Executive Officers” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our definitive proxy statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the fiscal year ended December 31, 2014 (the “2015 Proxy Statement”).

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, which is applicable to all of our directors, employees and officers, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer.  A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be found at our website at www.hiiquote.com.  Any possible future amendments to or waivers from the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be posted on our website.

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information provided under the headings “Corporate Governance – Board Meetings and Committees – Compensation Committee,” “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in the 2015 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information provided under the heading “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the 2015 Proxy Statement.

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information provided under the heading “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in the 2015 Proxy Statement.  

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the information provided under the heading “Fees Paid to Independent Registered Certified Public Accounting Firm in 2014 and 2013” in the 2015 Proxy Statement.

 

 

 

48


PART IV

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

(Prior to February 13, 2013, Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Subsidiaries)

 

 

 

 

49


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Shareholders

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. (formerly Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC d/b/a Health Insurance Innovations) (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’/member’s equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Tampa, Florida

March 18, 2015

 

 


50


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Shareholders of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheet of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. (formerly Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC d/b/a Health Insurance Innovations) (the Company) as of December 31, 2013 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’/member’s equity, and cash flows for the year then ended.  These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. We were not engaged to perform an audit of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. at December 31, 2013, and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Tampa, Florida

March 25, 2014


51


HEALTH INSURANCE INNOVATIONS, INC.

(Prior to February 13, 2013 Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in thousands, except share amounts)  

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

$

14,256

 

 

$

17,054

 

Cash held on behalf of others

 

7,642

 

 

 

4,591

 

Investment proceeds receivable

 

 

 

 

15,000

 

Short-term investments

 

461

 

 

 

6,877

 

Accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

2,332

 

 

 

963

 

Advanced commissions

 

5,973

 

 

 

2,596

 

Income taxes receivable

 

12

 

 

 

395

 

Total current assets

 

30,676

 

 

 

47,476

 

Property and equipment, net

 

526

 

 

 

389

 

Goodwill

 

41,076

 

 

 

18,014

 

Intangible assets, net

 

13,565

 

 

 

5,281

 

Other assets

 

329

 

 

 

489

 

Total assets

$

86,172

 

 

$

71,649

 

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

$

11,397

 

 

$

7,074

 

Current portion of contingent consideration

 

2,647

 

 

 

1,945

 

Deferred revenue

 

64

 

 

 

882

 

Deferred tax liability

 

13

 

 

 

 

Due to member

 

229

 

 

 

916

 

Other current liabilities

 

189

 

 

 

187

 

Total current liabilities

 

14,539

 

 

 

11,004

 

Contingent acquisition consideration

 

1,753

 

 

 

1,931

 

Deferred tax liability

 

2,287

 

 

 

 

Due to member

 

387

 

 

 

423

 

Other liabilities

 

494

 

 

 

514

 

Total liabilities

 

19,460

 

 

 

13,872

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock (par value $0.001 per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized;

   7,900,085 and 5,309,594 shares issued, respectively; and, 7,852,941 and 5,179,713

   outstanding, respectively)

 

8

 

 

 

5

 

Class B common stock (par value $0.001 per share, 20,000,000 shares authorized;

   6,841,667 and 8,566,667 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)

 

7

 

 

 

9

 

Preferred stock (par value $0.001 per share, 5,000,000 shares authorized;

   no shares issued and outstanding)

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

42,647

 

 

 

28,787

 

Treasury stock, at cost (47,144 and 129,881 shares, respectively)

 

(347

)

 

 

(1,563

)

Accumulated deficit

 

(3,694

)

 

 

(3,355

)

Total Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. stockholders' equity

 

38,621

 

 

 

23,883

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

28,091

 

 

 

33,894

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

66,712

 

 

 

57,777

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

86,172

 

 

$

71,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

52


Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

(Prior to February 13, 2013 Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

($ in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

Revenues (premium equivalents of $156,039 and $100,002

   for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively)

$

88,758

 

 

$

56,639

 

 

Cost of revenues

 

2,391

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

86,367

 

 

 

56,639

 

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Third-party commissions

 

42,760

 

 

 

32,244

 

 

Credit cards and ACH fees

 

1,863

 

 

 

1,173

 

 

Contract termination

 

 

 

 

5,500

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

37,504

 

 

 

23,959

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,367

 

 

 

1,313

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

84,494

 

 

 

64,189

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

 

1,873

 

 

 

(7,550

)

 

Other expense (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest (income) expense

 

(13

)

 

 

1

 

 

Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration

 

1,103

 

 

 

453

 

 

Other expense

 

270

 

 

 

397

 

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

513

 

 

 

(8,401

)

 

Provision for income taxes

 

90

 

 

 

18

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

423

 

 

 

(8,419

)

 

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

762

 

 

 

(5,064

)

 

Net loss attributable to Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

$

(339

)

 

$

(3,355

)

 

Per share data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share attributable to Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.70

)

 

Diluted

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.70

)

 

Weighted average Class A shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

6,057,516

 

 

 

4,813,222

 

 

Diluted

 

6,057,516

 

 

 

4,813,222

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

53


Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

(Prior to February 13, 2013 Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’/Member’s Equity

($ in thousands, except share data)

 

 

Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Subsidiaries

 

 

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A Common Stock

 

 

Class B Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member's Equity

 

 

Noncontrolling Interest

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Additional Paid-in Capital

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Accumulated Deficit

 

 

Noncontrolling Interests

 

 

Stockholders'/

Member's Equity

 

Balance as of January 1, 2013

$

6,335

 

 

$

3

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,338

 

Net loss

 

(248

)

 

 

(11

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(259

)

Contributions

 

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10

 

Distributions

 

(171

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(171

)

Balance prior to February 13, 2013

 

5,916

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,918

 

Effects of initial public offering and reorganization

 

(5,916

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,918

 

 

 

 

Balance as of February 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,918

 

 

 

5,918

 

Net loss subsequent to February 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,355

)

 

 

(4,805

)

 

 

(8,160

)

Issuance of Class A common stock in initial

   public offering, net of issuance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,666,667

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,750

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,755

 

Issuance of Class B common stock in initial public

   offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,666,667

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

(36,453

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,444

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Class A common stock in underwriters'

   exercise of over-allotment option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

100,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

Purchase of Series B Membership interests and

   exchange and cancellation of Class B common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(100,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,400

)

 

 

(1,400

)

Issuance of Class A common stock under equity

   compensation plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

542,927

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,296

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,296

 

Issuance of restricted shares from treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,408

)

 

 

(182,964

)

 

 

2,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock withheld in Treasury

   from restricted share vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(129,881

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

152,845

 

 

 

(1,731

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,731

)

Forfeiture of restricted stock held in treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,240

 

 

 

160,000

 

 

 

(2,240

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest in consolidated

   subsidiary

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

(90

)

Contributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

6

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,217

)

 

 

(2,217

)

Balance as of December 31, 2013

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

5,179,713

 

 

$

5

 

 

 

8,566,667

 

 

$

9

 

 

$

28,787

 

 

 

129,881

 

 

$

(1,563

)

 

$

(3,355

)

 

$

33,894

 

 

$

57,777

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

762

 

 

 

423

 

Class A common stock issued as consideration for

   business acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

815,991

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,734

 

Issuance of Class A common stock in private offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,725,000

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,959

 

Purchase of Series B Membership interests

   and exchange and cancellation of Class B

   common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,725,000

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(14,622

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,301

)

 

 

(20,925

)

Repurchases of Class A common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(43,318

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

43,318

 

 

 

(304

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(304

)

Issuance of Class A common stock under equity

   compensation plans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock withheld in Treasury from

   restricted share vesting

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,403

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,403

 

 

 

(273

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(273

)

Forfeiture of restricted shares held in Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,542

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131

 

 

 

11,542

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131

 

Issuance of restricted shares from Treasury

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,793

)

 

 

(150,000

)

 

 

1,793

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,454

 

Distributions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(264

)

 

 

(264

)

Balance as of December 31, 2014

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

7,852,941

 

 

$

8

 

 

 

6,841,667

 

 

$

7

 

 

$

42,647

 

 

 

47,144

 

 

$

(347

)

 

$

(3,694

)

 

$

28,091

 

 

$

66,712

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

54


Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

(Prior to February 13, 2013 Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

($ in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

$

423

 

 

$

(8,419

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

2,454

 

 

 

6,296

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

2,367

 

 

 

1,313

 

Loss on extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

71

 

Fair value adjustments to contingent acquisition consideration

 

1,103

 

 

 

453

 

Gain on sale of available-for-sale securities

 

(20

)

 

 

 

Benefit for deferred income taxes

 

(440

)

 

 

 

Amortization of deferred financing costs

 

 

 

 

7

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase in cash held on behalf of others

 

(3,051

)

 

 

(752

)

Increase in advanced commissions

 

(3,377

)

 

 

(2,171

)

Decrease (increase) in income taxes receivable

 

383

 

 

 

(395

)

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other assets

 

(830

)

 

 

488

 

Increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

3,870

 

 

 

830

 

(Decrease) increase in deferred revenue

 

(911

)

 

 

614

 

Increase in due to member pursuant to tax receivable agreement

 

 

 

 

423

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

1,971

 

 

 

(1,242

)

Investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Business acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

(22,327

)

 

 

(9,909

)

Proceeds from sale of available-for-sale securities

 

33,020

 

 

 

 

Acquisitions of held-to-maturity investments

 

 

 

 

(9,863

)

Maturities of held-to-maturity investments

 

6,876

 

 

 

2,526

 

Acquisition of available-for-sale security

 

(18,000

)

 

 

(15,000

)

Purchases of property and equipment

 

(291

)

 

 

(143

)

Loans to distributors

 

 

 

 

156

 

Proceeds from repayment of loan to distributors

 

 

 

 

(174

)

Payments for deposits

 

(500

)

 

 

(158

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

(1,222

)

 

 

(32,565

)

Financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Class A common stock in private offering

 

20,959

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Class A common stock in initial public offering, net of underwriters’ discount

 

 

 

 

60,760

 

Issuance of Class A common stock in underwriters’ exercise of over-allotment option

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

Purchase of Series B Membership interests

 

(20,959

)

 

 

(1,400

)

Purchases of Class A common stock pursuant to share repurchase plan

 

(304

)

 

 

 

Class A common stock withheld in treasury from restricted share vesting

 

(142

)

 

 

(1,731

)

Payments for equity issuance

 

 

 

 

(1,643

)

Repayments of long-term debt and noncompete obligation

 

(121

)

 

 

(3,506

)

Payments of contingent acquisition consideration

 

(1,800

)

 

 

(1,450

)

Distributions to member

 

(1,180

)

 

 

(2,245

)

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest in subsidiary

 

 

 

 

(90

)

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

16

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

 

(3,547

)

 

 

50,111

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

(2,798

)

 

 

16,304

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

17,054

 

 

 

750

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

$

14,256

 

 

$

17,054

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

$

 

 

$

17

 

Cash paid for income taxes

$

154

 

 

$

413

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A common stock issued as consideration for business acquisition

$

6,734

 

 

$

 

Contingent consideration for business acquisition

$

1,263

 

 

$

3,876

 

Proceeds receivable from sale of available-for-sale security

$

 

 

$

15,000

 

Declared but unpaid distribution to member of Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC

$

 

 

$

916

 

 

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

55


HEALTH INSURANCE INNOVATIONS, INC.

(Prior to February 13, 3013, Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Subsidiaries)

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

December 31, 2014

 

1.

Organization, Basis of Presentation, and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

In this annual report, unless the context suggests otherwise, references to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer (1) prior to the February 13, 2013 closing of an initial public offering (“IPO”) of the Class A common stock of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and related transactions, to Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC (“HPI”) and its consolidated subsidiaries and (2) after the IPO and related transactions, to Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. The terms “HII”, “HPIH”, and “ICE” refer to the stand-alone entities Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC, and Insurance Center for Excellence, LLC, respectively. The term “Secured” refers to (a) prior to or at the time of their July 17, 2013 acquisition by us, Sunrise Health Plans, Inc., Sunrise Group Marketing, Inc. and Secured Software Solutions, Inc., collectively, and (b) following our July 17, 2013 acquisition, the entities described in (a) and the limited liability companies into which such entities were converted shortly following such acquisition. The term “SIL” refer to Simple Insurance Leads LLC, a partially owned venture we and a third party formed in June 2013 and which commenced operations in October 2013. The terms “HealthPocket” or “HP” refer to HealthPocket, Inc., our wholly owned subsidiary which was acquired by HPIH on July 14, 2014. The term “ASIA” refers to American Service Insurance Agency LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary which was acquired by HPIH on August 8, 2014. HPIH, ICE, Secured, SIL, HP and ASIA are consolidated subsidiaries of HII.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., its wholly-owned subsidiaries, and Variable Interest Entities (“VIE”), of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. The results of operations for business combinations are included from their respective dates of acquisition.

Business Description and Organizational Structure of the Company

Our Business

We are a developer and administrator of affordable individual health insurance and discount benefit plans that are sold throughout the United States. The main product we sell, Short Term Medical insurance (“STM”), is an alternative to Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act-qualified individual major medical insurance plans and generally offers comparable benefits for qualifying individuals. We design and structure insurance products on behalf of our contracted insurance carrier companies; market them to individuals through a network of distributors; and manage the member relationship through customer service agents. Our sales are primarily executed online and offer real-time fulfillment through a proprietary web-based technology platform, through which we receive credit card and automated clearing house payments (“ACH”) directly from the purchasing customers, whom are also referred to as members, at the time of sale. The plans are underwritten by contracted insurance carrier companies, and we assume no underwriting or insurance risk.

Our History

Our business began operations as HPI in 2008. To facilitate the IPO, HII was incorporated in the State of Delaware in October 2012. In November 2012, through a series of transactions, HPI assigned the operating assets of our business to HPIH, and HPIH assumed the operating liabilities of HPI. Since November 2012, we have operated our business through HPIH and its subsidiaries.

Upon completion of the IPO, HII became a holding company, the principal asset of which is its interest in HPIH. All of HII’s business is conducted through HPIH and its subsidiaries. HII is the sole managing member and has 100% of the voting rights and control of HPIH.

Our Reorganization and IPO

HII was incorporated in the State of Delaware in October 2012 to facilitate the IPO and to become a holding company owning as its principal asset membership interests in HPIH. Since November 2012, we have operated our business through HPIH and its consolidated subsidiaries. See Note 8 for more information about the IPO.

56


In anticipation of the IPO, in November 2012, HPI assigned the operating assets of our business through a series of transactions to HPIH, and HPIH assumed the operating liabilities of HPI.

HII sold 4,666,667 shares of common stock for $14.00 per share in the IPO on February 13, 2013. Simultaneous with the offering, HII obtained a 35% membership interest, 35% economic interest and 100% of the voting interest in HPIH.

Upon completion of the offering, HII became a holding company the principal asset of which is its interest in HPIH. All of HII’s business is conducted through HPIH and its subsidiaries. HII is the sole managing member of HPIH and has 100% of the voting rights and control.

HII has two classes of outstanding capital stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Class A shares represent 100% of the economic rights of the holders of all classes of our common stock to share in our distributions. Class B shares do not entitle their holders to any dividends paid by, or rights upon liquidation of, HII. Shares of our Class A common stock vote together with shares of our Class B common stock as a single class, except as otherwise required by law. Each share of our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock entitles its holder to one vote. As of December 31, 2014, Mr. Kosloske beneficially owns 46.6% of our outstanding Class A common stock and Class B common stock on a combined basis, which equals his combined economic interest in the Company.

HPIH has two series of outstanding equity: Series A Membership Interests, which may only be issued to HII, as sole managing member, and Series B Membership Interests. The Series B Membership Interests are held by HPI and Health Plan Intermediaries Sub, LLC (“HPIS”), a subsidiary of HPI, and these entities are beneficially owned by Mr. Kosloske. As of December 31, 2014, (i) the Series A Membership Interests held by HII represent 53.4% of the outstanding membership interests, 53.4% of the economic interests and 100% of the voting interests in HPIH and (ii) the Series B Membership Interests held by the entities beneficially owned by Mr. Kosloske represent 46.6% of the outstanding membership interests, 46.6% of the economic interests and no voting interest in HPIH.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in prior periods’ consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period presentation. Such reclassifications are to include short-term loans receivable in advanced commissions; carriers and vendors payable and commissions payable in accounts payable and accrued expenses; the long-term portion of the noncompete obligation in other liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  Those reclassifications had no impact on net loss or cash flows as previously reported.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements. These estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition

Our revenues primarily consist of commissions and fees earned for health insurance policies and ancillary products issued to members, enrollment fees paid by members, and administration fees paid by members as a direct result of our enrollment services. The members’ payments include a combination of risk premium, fees for discount benefit plans and an enrollment fee, which are collectively referred to as “premium equivalents.” Revenues reported by the Company are net of premiums remitted to insurance carriers and fees paid for discount benefit plans. Revenues are net of an allowance for policies expected to be cancelled by members during a limited cancellation period. We establish an allowance for estimated policy cancellations through a charge to revenues. The allowance is estimated using historical data to project future experience. Such estimates and assumptions could change in the future as more information becomes known, which could impact the amounts reported. We periodically review the adequacy of the allowance and record adjustments as necessary. The net allowance for estimated policy cancellations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $159,000 and $191,000, respectively.

57


Revenue is earned at the time of sale. Commission rates for our products are agreed to in advance with the relevant insurance carrier and vary by carrier and policy type. Under our carrier compensation arrangements, the commission rate schedule that is in effect on the policy effective date governs the commissions over the life of the policy. In addition, we earn enrollment and administration fees on policies issued. All amounts due to insurance carriers and discount benefit vendors are reported and paid to them according to the procedures provided for in the contractual agreements between the individual carrier or vendor and us. Risk premiums are typically reported and remitted to insurance carriers on the 15th of the month following the end of the month in which they are collected.

In concluding that revenues should be reported on a net basis, we considered Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) requirements and whether we have the responsibility to provide the goods or services to the customer or if we rely on a supplier to provide the goods or services to the customer. We are not the ultimate party responsible for providing the insurance coverage or discount benefits to the member and, therefore, we are not the primary obligor in the arrangement. The supplier, or insurance carrier, bears the risk for that insurance coverage. We therefore report our revenues net of amounts paid to the contracted insurance carrier companies and discount benefit vendors.

Commission revenues earned at ICE, Secured, and ASIA, which are licensed insurance agent call centers are recognized as earned for sales of insurance and ancillary products. Commissions are earned based on commission rates contracted with insurance carriers or ancillary insurance product vendors, net of an estimate for forfeiture amounts payable for future policy cancellations.

HP’s revenue is principally derived from marketing fees, licensing fees, limited exclusivity fees, and landing page development fees. HP recognizes revenue when: (1) persuasive evidence exists of an arrangement with the customer reflecting the terms and conditions under which products or services will be provided; (2) delivery has occurred or services have been provided; (3) the fee is fixed or determinable; and (4) collection is reasonably assured.

Revenue is considered earned when the performance measures have been completed. Deposits (whether refundable or non-refundable), early payments and progress payments are not recognized as revenue until the revenue producing event has occurred.

Marketing fee revenue. HP offers marketing services over a specified term. This fee is related to telephone and website traffic received by HealthPocket.com for the customer and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the specified term of the marketing services. There are two ways marketing fee revenue is determined: lead fee revenue and conversion fee revenue. HP offers lead marketing services in the form of providing leads to customers. Revenue for leads provided is recognized based on the contractually agreed price per lead multiplied by the number of leads provided by HP during the period. HP offers conversion marketing services in the form of providing leads to customers with revenue recognized on a cost per acquisition basis. Revenue is calculated based on the number of qualifying conversions generated by HP leads. The customer collects conversion data and provides a contractually agreed periodical report to HP. Revenue is recognized based on the agreed price per lead conversion multiplied by the number of leads converted during the period.

Limited exclusivity fee revenue. HP offers to certain customers limited exclusivity for placement of advertisements on the HealthPocket website for a fee. This fee is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the limited exclusivity term.

Landing page development. HP offers to design, build and support a customer’s hosting of certain landing pages for the purpose of capturing e-leads and phone calls. Revenue for this service is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the support period of the landing pages.

Third Party Commissions and Advanced Commissions

We utilize a broad network of licensed third party distributors, in addition to our internal distributors to sell the plans that we develop. We pay commissions to these distributors based on a percentage of the policy premium that varies by type of policy. We pay fees to the distributors for discount benefit plans issued.

Advanced commissions consist of amounts advanced to certain third party distributors. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our distributors, all of which are located in the United States. We recover the advanced commissions from future commissions earned on premiums collected. We have not experienced any credit losses from commission advances and, accordingly, have not recognized any provision for bad debt expense for the periods presented. In addition, from time to time, certain of these advanced commissions arrangements include a loan agreement for the purposes of securing the advanced payments we make.  Generally, these loans will be paid by commissions earned by the distributor, as described in the respective agreements. A fee for the advance commission of up to 2% of the insurance premium sold is charged to the distributors and recognized as interest income as earned. The interest income earned from advanced commissions for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were $ 220,000 and $93,000, respectively. Advanced commissions outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 totaled $6.0 million and $2.6 million, respectively.

58


Cash and Cash Equivalents

We account for cash on hand and demand deposits with banks and other financial institutions as cash. Short-term, highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, are considered cash equivalents. Investments in cash equivalents include, but are not limited to, demand deposit accounts, money market accounts and certificates of deposit with original maturities of three months or less.

Periodically, we invest cash on hand in other highly-liquid investments. Such investments that have maturities greater than three months up to one year are classified as short-term investments and include, but are not limited to, certificates of deposit with maturities greater than three months, but less than one year. Certain certificates of deposits have maturities beyond one year from the balance sheet date; these are classified as long-term and are included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Cash Held on Behalf of Others

In our capacity as the policy administrator, we collect premiums from members and distributors and, after deducting our earned commission and fees, remit these premiums to our contracted insurance carriers, discount benefit vendors and distributors. We hold the unremitted funds in a fiduciary capacity until they are disbursed, and the use of such funds is restricted. We hold these funds in bank accounts. These unremitted amounts are reported as cash held on behalf of others in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets with the related liabilities reported as carriers and vendors payable and commissions payable. Cash held on behalf of others at December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $7.6 million and $4.6 million, respectively.

Investments

We have invested a portion of the proceeds from the IPO in certain investment securities.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, all such investments are certificates of deposit and are classified as held-to-maturity and recorded at amortized cost. Certificates of deposit with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, are classified as cash equivalents. Certificates of deposits with maturities greater than three months to 12 months are classified as short-term investments. Certificates of deposits with maturities greater than twelve months are considered long term assets until such time that the remaining maturities of the certificates of deposit are 12 months or less, in which case they are reclassified to short-term investments.

As of December 31, 2014, we had two certificates of deposit with maturities of three months with a balance of $461,000 and are included in short-term investments on the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2014. As of December 31, 2013, we had two certificates of deposit with maturities of 15 months with a balance of $460,000 and are included in other assets on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, we had also invested $15.0 million in a fixed-income mutual fund which was classified as available for sale. We sold this mutual fund in December 2013 for $15.0 million. The transaction settled, and we received the proceeds on January 2, 2014; as such, the proceeds are included in investment proceeds receivable on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable represent amounts due to us for premiums collected by a third party and are generally considered delinquent 15 days after the due date. The underlying insurance contracts are cancelled retroactively if the payment remains delinquent. We have not experienced any credit losses from accounts receivable and have not recognized a provision for uncollectible accounts receivable.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Depreciation expense for property and equipment is computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

 

Computer equipment

  

5 years

Furniture and fixtures

  

7 years

Leasehold improvements

  

Shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life

The Company’s management periodically reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. No impairment losses were recognized for the periods presented.

59


Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

As a result of our various acquisitions, we have recorded goodwill which represents the excess of the consideration paid over the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired in a transaction accounted for as a business combination. An impairment test is performed by us at least annually as of October 1st of each year, or whenever events or circumstances indicate a potential for impairment.

Under FASB guidance, we have the option of performing a qualitative assessment to determine whether based on the fact and circumstances it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of its net assets. A qualitative assessment requires judgments involving relevant factors, including but not limited to, changes in the general economic environment, industry and regulatory considerations, current economic performance compared to historical economic performance and other relevant company-specific events such as changes in management, key personnel or business strategy, where applicable. If we elect to bypass the qualitative assessment, or if we determine, based upon our assessment of those qualitative factors that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the unit is less than its carrying value, a quantitative assessment for impairment is required.  We have two reporting units, which are our operating segments, Insurance Plan Development and Distribution (“IPD”) and HP.The quantitative assessment for evaluating the potential impairment of goodwill involves a two-step assessment process which requires significant estimates and judgments by us to be used during the analysis. In step one we determine if there is an indication of goodwill impairment by determining the fair value of the reporting unit’s net assets and comparing that value to the operating segment’s carrying value including the goodwill. If the carrying value of the net assets exceed the fair value, then the second step of the impairment assessment is required. The step two assessment determines if an impairment exists, and if so, the magnitude of the impairment by comparing the estimated fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. The excess of the carrying value over the estimated fair value of the goodwill determines the amount of impairment which would then be recorded as a loss on our statement of operations in the year the impairment occurred.

While performing an impairment assessment we use a combination of valuation approaches including the market approach and the income approach.

The market approach uses a guideline company methodology, which is based upon a comparison of the reporting unit to similar publicly-traded companies within our industry. We derive a market value of invested capital or business enterprise value for each comparable company by multiplying the price per share of common stock of the publicly traded companies by their total common shares outstanding and adding each company’s current level of debt. We calculate a business enterprise multiple based on revenue and earnings from each company, then apply those multiples to our revenue and earnings to calculate a business enterprise value. Assumptions regarding the selection of comparable companies are made based on, among other factors, capital structure, operating environment and industry. As the comparable companies were typically larger and more diversified than our business, multiples were adjusted prior to application to our revenues and earnings to reflect differences in margins, long-term growth prospects and market capitalization.

The income approach uses a discounted debt-free cash flow analysis to measure fair value by estimating the present value of future economic benefits. To perform the discounted debt-free cash flow analysis, we develop a pro forma analysis of the reporting unit to estimate future available debt-free cash flow and discounting estimated debt-free cash flow by an estimated industry weighted average cost of capital based on the same comparable companies used in the market approach. Per FASB guidance, the weighted average cost of capital is based on inputs (e.g., capital structure, risk, etc.) from a market participant’s perspective and not necessarily from the reporting unit’s perspective. Future cash flow is projected based on assumptions for our economic growth, industry expansion, future operations and the discount rate, all of which require significant judgments by management.

We establish our assumptions and arrive at the estimates used in these calculations based upon our historical experience, knowledge of our industry and by incorporating third-party data, which we believe results in a reasonably accurate approximation of fair value. Nevertheless, changes in the assumptions used could have an impact on our assessment of recoverability. We believe our projected sales are reasonable based on, among other things, available information regarding our industry. We also believe the royalty rate is appropriate. The weighted average discount rate is impacted by current financial market trends and will remain dependent on such trends in the future.

After computing a separate business enterprise value under the above approaches, we apply a weighting to them to derive the business enterprise value of the reporting unit. The weightings are evaluated each time a goodwill impairment assessment is performed and give consideration to the relative reliability of each approach at that time. Based on these weightings, we calculated a business enterprise value for the reporting unit. The implied fair value is then compared to the reporting unit’s carrying value. Upon completion of the analysis in step one as of October 1, 2014, we determined that the fair value of each of the reporting units exceeded its respective carrying value. As such, a step two analysis was not required.

60


Our goodwill balance arose from our previous acquisitions. See Note 2 and Note 5 of the consolidated financial statements for further information on the acquisitions and our goodwill balance as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See Note 5 for further discussion of our goodwill.

Other Intangible Assets

Our other intangible assets arose primarily from acquisitions. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives from two to fifteen years. See Note 5 for further discussion of our intangible assets.

Intangible assets subject are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset or asset group is measured by comparison of its carrying amount to undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable, we recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or as the appraised value.  No impairments on intangible assets were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2014 or 2013.

 

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 are $2.5 million and $513,000, respectively. The advertising expenses for 2014 related to HP and HPIH and are $1.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. All of the advertising expenses in 2013 were related to HPIH. HP advertising expenses of $1.7 million, related primarily to online advertising placements are classified as cost of sales on the consolidated statements of operations as these costs are directly attributable to generating customer referral revenue. Other HP advertising costs of $62,000 are classified as selling, general and administrative (“S, G & A”) expense on the consolidated statements of operations. All of the advertising expenses related to HPIH are classified as S, G & A expense.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Expense for stock-based compensation is recognized based upon estimated grant date fair value and is amortized over the service period of the awards using the accelerated method. For grants of stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) and stock options, we apply the Black-Scholes option-pricing model in determining the fair value of share-based payments to employees. The resulting compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period. The requisite service period is the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for an award, which often is the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest. All stock-based compensation expense is classified within S, G & A expense in the consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9 for further discussion of stock-based compensation.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Our former operating entity, HPI, was taxed as an S corporation for income tax purposes.  Therefore, we were not subject to entity-level federal or state income taxation prior to the IPO.  HPIH is taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes; as a result, it is not subject to entity-level federal or state income taxation but its members are liable for taxes with respect to their allocable shares of each company’s respective net taxable income.  

We are subject to U.S. corporate federal, state and local income taxes that are attributable to HII as reflected in our consolidated financial statements. We use the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Significant management judgment is required in determining the provision for income taxes and, in particular, any valuation allowance that is recorded or released against our deferred tax assets.

We evaluate quarterly the positive and negative evidence regarding the realization of net deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our belief that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize these deferred tax assets.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Such amounts are subjective, as a determination must be made on the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition and measurement could result in recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax provision. See Note 10 for further discussion of income taxes.

61


Basic and Diluted Earnings (Loss) per Share

Basic earnings (loss) per share is determined by dividing the net earnings (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares and participating securities outstanding during the period. Participating securities are included in the basic earnings (loss) per share calculation when dilutive. Diluted earnings (loss) per share is determined by dividing the net (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares and potential common shares outstanding during the period. Potential common shares are included in the diluted earnings (loss) per share calculation when dilutive. Potential common shares consisting of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding SARs and options are computed using the treasury stock method. See Note 11 for further discussion of earnings (loss) per share.

The Company has two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Holders of each of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the shareholders, and holders of each class will vote together as a single class on matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by applicable law.  For more information on our classes of stock, see Note 8.

Fair Value Measurements

We measure and report financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (referred to as an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value of our financial assets and liabilities is determined by using three levels of input, which are defined as follows:

 

Level 1:

  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2:

  

 

Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability

 

Level 3:

  

 

Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

We utilize the market approach to measure the fair value of our financial assets. As subjectivity exists with respect to many of the valuation techniques, the fair value estimates we have disclosed may not equal prices that we may ultimately realize if the assets are sold or the liabilities are settled with third parties. See Note 12 for a description of our valuation methods.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In the following summary of recent accounting pronouncements, all references to effective dates of FASB guidance relate to nonpublic entities. As noted above, we have elected to delay the adoption of new and revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to nonpublic companies under provisions of the JOBS Act.

In May 2014, the FASB issued an amendment to its accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. The amendment clarifies the principles for recognizing revenue. The guidance is based on the principle that revenue is recognized to depict the transfer of goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance also requires additional disclosure about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts, including significant judgments and changes in the judgments and assets recognized from costs incurred to obtain or fulfill a contract. We will adopt this guidance in reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this pronouncement on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued guidance which states that a liability for uncertain tax positions, or a portion of a liability for uncertain tax provisions, should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward. To the extent a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward is not available as of the reporting date under the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position or the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, liability for uncertain tax positions should be presented in the financial statements as a liability and should not be combined with deferred tax assets. The assessment of whether a deferred tax asset is available is based on the uncertain tax position and deferred tax asset that exist at the reporting date and should be made presuming disallowance of the tax position at the reporting date. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2014, with early adoption permitted. We plan to adopt this guidance during the quarter ended March 31, 2015, but we do not anticipate that it will have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

62


 

2.

Business Acquisitions

Acquisition of HP

On July 14, 2014, we entered into an agreement to acquire (the “Merger Agreement”) HP from Mr. Bruce Telkamp (“Telkamp”), Dr. Sheldon Wang (“Wang”) and minority equity holders of HP. The closing of the acquisition occurred on July 14, 2014 simultaneous with the signing of the Merger Agreement.

Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, at the closing, we paid consideration consisting of approximately $21.9 million in cash and 900,900 shares of Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share, with such shares of the Class A common stock having an agreed upon aggregate value of $10.0 million, or $11.10 per share, which had a fair value of $6.7 million as of the acquisition date. A portion of the merger consideration consisting of $3.2 million in cash was deposited with an escrow agent to fund payment obligations with respect to post-closing working capital adjustments, post-closing indemnification obligations of HP’s former equity holders, and fees and expenses of the representative of HP’s former equity holders.

All vested options and warrants to acquire shares of HP’s capital stock were terminated in connection with the acquisition, and the holders thereof will receive in cash a portion of the aggregate consideration upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. All unvested options to acquire shares of HP’s capital stock were converted into options to acquire shares of our Class A common stock (“Replacement Options”) upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Merger Agreement. The total number of Replacement Options was 84,909. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, this amount offset the total number of shares included in the consolidation. The Replacement Options are included as a component of stock-based compensation on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. See Note 9 for information on the Replacement Options. As of December 31, 2014, the net amount of shares of Class A common stock issued as a result of the acquisition was 815,991.

Under the terms of the Merger Agreements, the former equity holders of HP may elect to receive cash or shares of our Class A common stock. Telkamp and Wang have agreed to accept cash and common stock, including 50% each of any of the shares that were issued as part of the aggregate consideration that are not elected to be received as consideration by other former HP equity holders.

Effective July 14, 2014, our Board of Directors appointed Telkamp as our Chief Operating Officer and we entered into an employment agreement Mr. Telkamp where he also agreed to continue to serve as HP’s Chief Executive Officer. Telkamp’s employment agreement provides for, among other things, a noncompetition covenant beginning on July 14, 2014 and ending on the last day of any salary continuation period (as defined in Telkamp’s employment agreement). In addition, the Merger Agreement provides for, among other things, a noncompetition covenant applicable to Telkamp beginning on July 14, 2014 and ending on July 14, 2017. Telkamp was also appointed as a member of our Board of Directors. In addition, effective July 14, 2014, our Board of Directors appointed Wang as our Chief Technology Officer and we entered into an employment agreement with Wang where he also agreed to continue to serve as HP’s President. Wang’s employment agreement provides for, among other things, a noncompetition covenant beginning on July 14, 2014 and ending on the last day of any salary continuation period (as defined in Wang’s employment agreement). In addition, the Merger Agreement provides for, among other things, a noncompetition covenant applicable to Wang beginning on July 14, 2014 and ending on July 14, 2017.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $537,000 in transaction costs related to HP. Transaction costs were expensed as incurred and are included in S, G & A expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

This transaction provides us with additional benefits such as increased and ongoing sales referrals that we own, broad consumer and industry data to facilitate our entry into new markets and revenue streams, advanced health information technology to position us to better assist our stakeholders, including customers, insurance brokers and insurance carriers, and other technological and operational synergies.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the consideration for the acquisition as of July 14, 2014 ($ in thousands):

 

Cash paid at closing (1)

$

21,901

 

Class A common stock, at fair value (2)

 

6,734

 

Total consideration

$

28,635

 

 

(1)

Cash paid at closing includes $17.0 million in cash, $3.2 million in cash held in escrow, as noted above, $1.2 million for the payoff of outstanding bank debt held by HP, $54,000 for the payoff of HP loans payable to Telkamp and Wang, and $482,000 in estimated acquisition-related expenses incurred by HP.

(2)

The fair value of the Class A common stock derived from the market price of the stock, adjusted to include a discount for a lack of marketability, due to trading restrictions pursuant to the Merger Agreement and other factors.

63


The following table summarizes the allocation of the total purchase price for the acquisition as of July 14, 2014 ($ in thousands):

 

Cash

$

1,294

 

Accounts receivable and other assets (1)

 

104

 

Property and equipment (1)

 

6

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities  (1)

 

(480

)

Deferred tax liability - long-term

 

(2,967

)

Intangible asset – technology

 

8,000

 

Intangible asset – brand

 

1,280

 

Intangible asset – customer relationships

 

430

 

Intangible asset – noncompete agreements

 

27

 

Goodwill (2)

 

20,941

 

 

$

28,635

 

 

·

(1)The carrying value of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and property and equipment approximated fair value; as such, no adjustments to the accounts were recorded in association with the acquisition.

(2)

As of December 31, 2014, we expect none of the goodwill acquired in this transaction to be deductible for income tax purposes.

The goodwill allocated to the purchase price was calculated as the fair value of the consideration less the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This value is primarily related to the expected results of future operations of HP and the operational and technological synergies we expect to realize as a result of the acquisition.

As a result of acquiring HP, our consolidated results of operations include the results of HP since the acquisition date. HP’s revenues and pre-tax net loss included in our results of operations since the acquisition was $3.3 million and $1.6 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014. Net loss before taxes include $633,000 of amortization expense related to the identified intangible assets recorded as a result of the acquisition.

Acquisition of ASIA

On August 8, 2014, we entered into an agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) to acquire all of the issued and outstanding membership interests of ASIA, a Texas insurance brokerage, from Mr. Landon Jordan (“Jordan”) for an initial cash payment of $1.8 million, comprised of a prior deposit of $325,000 and a closing payment of $1.5 million, and $2.2 million in contingent consideration, as described below. The closing of the acquisition occurred on August 8, 2014 simultaneous with the signing of the Purchase Agreement.

Pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, Jordan may receive total contingent consideration of $2.2 million, payable in cash. This amount is payable in two cash payments of $1.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, if ASIA attains certain amounts of adjusted EBITDA, as defined by the Purchase Agreement, during each of the periods from September 1, 2014 through August 31, 2015, and September 1, 2015 through August 31, 2016. As of December 31, 2014, the fair value of the contingent consideration was $1.4 million which is included in contingent acquisition consideration on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recorded $130,000 in adjustments to the fair value of the contingent consideration, primarily due to the discounting of the future payments. The estimated range of potential total contingent consideration is zero to approximately $2.2 million.

Effective August 8, 2014, we also entered into an employment agreement with Jordan which provides for, among other things, a noncompetition covenant beginning on August 8, 2014 and ending on the later of August 8, 2017 and one year following the date on which Jordan’s employment with us is terminated.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we recognized $55,000 in transaction costs related to ASIA. Transaction costs were expensed as incurred and are included in S, G & A expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the consideration for the acquisition as of August 8, 2014 ($ in thousands):

 

Cash paid at closing

$

1,825

 

Contingent consideration

 

1,263

 

Total consideration

$

3,088

 

 

64


The following table summarizes the allocation of the total purchase price for the acquisition as of August 8, 2014 ($ in thousands):

 

Cash

$

105

 

Accounts receivable and other assets (1)

 

271

 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities  (1)

 

(163

)

Intangible asset – customer relationships-distributors

 

449

 

Intangible asset – customer relationships-direct

 

266

 

Intangible asset – brand

 

21

 

Intangible asset – noncompete agreements

 

18

 

Goodwill (2)

 

2,121

 

 

$

3,088

 

 

(1)

The carrying value of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and property and equipment approximated fair value; as such, no adjustments to the accounts were recorded in association with the acquisition.

(2)

As of December 31, 2014, the amount of goodwill acquired that we expect to be deductible for income tax purposes is $840,000.

The goodwill allocated to the purchase price was calculated as the fair value of the consideration less the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This value is primarily related to expected results of future operations of ASIA and the operational and technological synergies we expect to realize as a result of the acquisition.

As a result of acquiring ASIA, our consolidated results of operations include the results of ASIA since the acquisition date. ASIA’s revenues and pre-tax net loss included in our results of operations since the acquisition through December 31, 2014 was $1.5 million and $353,000, respectively. Net loss before taxes include $75,000 of amortization expense related to the identified intangible assets recorded as a result of the acquisition.

Unaudited Pro Forma Information

The following table (all amounts in thousands, except per share data) presents unaudited pro forma information for the Company assuming the acquisition of HP and ASIA had occurred as of January 1, 2013. This pro forma information does not purport to represent what our actual results would have been if the acquisition had occurred as of the date indicated or what such results would be for any future periods.

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Revenues

$

90,566

 

 

$

58,907

 

Net (loss) income before income taxes

 

(641

)

 

 

(12,205

)

Net (loss) income

 

112

 

 

 

(12,224

)

Net (loss) income attributable to Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

 

(83

)

 

 

(7,634

)

Loss per share – basic

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(1.59

)

Loss per share – diluted

 

(0.01

)

 

 

(1.59

)

 

65


Acquisition of Secured

On July 17, 2013, we consummated a Stock Purchase Agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Joseph Safina, Howard Knaster and Jorge Saavedra (collectively, the “Sellers”), pursuant to which we acquired from the Sellers all of the outstanding equity of each of the Secured entities, which consisted of Sunrise Health Plans, Inc., a licensed insurance broker, Sunrise Group Marketing, Inc., a call center and sales lead management company, and Secured Software Solutions, Inc., an intellectual property holding company, each of which was converted to a limited liability company shortly after closing, for a cash payment of $10.0 million plus approximately $6.6 million of contingent consideration which included contingent stock awards and a note payable. The funding of the $10.0 million cash portion of the purchase price was provided primarily from net proceeds from the IPO.

In November 2013, HPIH and the Sellers reached an agreement to modify the contingent consideration, including the thresholds to earn such contingent consideration, and to terminate the contingent stock awards and note payable.  Instead, the contingent consideration is payable in cash only. The contingent consideration included a one-time payment of $1.0 million, which was paid in November 2013. A fixed component in the aggregate of $250,000 will be paid quarterly if certain levels of policies in force, as defined by the amendment, are achieved, up to a maximum of $3.0 million. A variable component of no more than $200,000 per quarter will be paid if certain levels of growth in policies in force are achieved, up to a maximum of $2.4 million. In addition, one of the principals severed his employment with Sunrise Health Plans, Inc. and entered into a consulting arrangement with the Company. Contingent consideration included an estimated payment of $150,000 to compensate the Sellers for personal income tax liability triggered by the acquisition. This amount was determined to be $43,000 upon finalization of the Sellers’ tax liabilities and was paid to the Sellers in September 2014. The difference was included in fair value adjustment of contingent consideration in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2014, we had made total payments of $3.3 million under the contingent consideration agreement, and the maximum remaining payments under the agreement total $3.3 million. The estimated range of potential total contingent consideration is approximately $3.3 million to $6.6 million.

The fair value of contingent consideration is $ 3.0 million and $3.9 million as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in contingent acquisition consideration on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, we recorded $1.0 million and $453,000, respectively, in adjustments to fair value of the contingent consideration, which is included in fair value adjustment of contingent consideration on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2014 was largely related to an increase in the probability of payment of the contingent acquisition consideration.

The following table summarizes the fair value of the consideration for the acquisition as of July 17, 2013 ($ in thousands). The fair values are derived using discount rates related to the probability of the Sellers meeting the thresholds for payment and other risk factors including credit risk.

 

Cash paid at closing

$

10,000

 

Contingent consideration

 

4,872

 

Total consideration

$

14,872

 

 

The following table summarizes the allocation of the total purchase price for the acquisition as of July 17, 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

Cash

$

91

 

Accounts receivable and other assets (1)

 

332

 

Property and equipment (1)

 

128

 

Accounts payable and accrued expenses  (1)

 

(326

)

Intangible asset – brand

 

76

 

Intangible asset – noncompete agreements

 

99

 

Intangible asset – customer relationships-distributors

 

1,050

 

Intangible asset – customer relationships-direct

 

788

 

Intangible asset – capitalized software

 

526

 

Goodwill (2)

 

12,108

 

 

$

14,872

 

 

(1)

The carrying value of accounts receivable, property and equipment and accounts payable and accrued expenses acquired approximated fair value; as such, no adjustments to these accounts were recorded in association with the acquisition.

(2)

As of December 31, 2014, the amount of goodwill acquired that we expect to be deductible for income tax purposes is $9.4 million.

66


The goodwill allocated to the purchase price was calculated as the fair value of the consideration less the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. This value is primarily related to expected results of future operations of Secured and the operational and technological synergies we expect to realize as a result of the acquisition.

Related to the acquisition of Secured, during the year ended December 31, 2013, we recognized $301,000 in transaction costs. Transaction costs were expensed as incurred and are included in S, G & A expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

As a result of acquiring Secured, our consolidated results of operations include the results of Secured since the acquisition date. Secured’s revenues and pre-tax net loss included in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2014 are $10.2 million and $47,000, respectively. Net loss before taxes for the year ended December 31, 2014 includes $798,000 of amortization expense related to the identified intangible assets recorded as a result of the acquisition. Secured’s revenues and pre-tax net loss included in our results of operations from the acquisition date through December 31, 2013 were $3.3 million and $204,000, respectively. Net loss before taxes included $366,000 of amortization expense related to the identified intangible assets recorded as a result of the acquisition.

The following table presents unaudited pro forma information for the Company assuming the acquisition of Secured had occurred as of January 1, 2013 (all amounts in thousands, except per share data). This pro forma information does not purport to represent what our actual results would have been if the acquisition had occurred as of the date indicated or what such results would be for any future periods.

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

Revenues

$

58,363

 

 

Net (loss) income before income taxes

 

(6,775

)

 

Net (loss) income

 

(6,788

)

 

Net (loss) income attributable to Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC

$

(2,932

)

 

Loss per share – basic

$

(0.61

)

 

Loss per share – diluted

$

(0.61

)

 

 

Formation of ICE

On June 1, 2012, we and TSG Agency, LLC (“TSG”) formed ICE. ICE is a licensed call center and a call center training facility for our distributors. Upon formation, we received an 80% controlling interest in ICE.  We made contributions to ICE of $40,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013. TSG received a 20% noncontrolling interest in ICE and contributed $16,000 to ICE during the year ended December 31, 2013. On June 30, 2013, we purchased TSG’s 20% interest in ICE for $90,000 and, as a result, ICE is our wholly-owned subsidiary.

 

3.

Variable Interest Entities

As of December 31, 2014, we are the primary beneficiary of two entities that each constitute a VIE pursuant to FASB guidance.

HPIH

As of December 31, 2014, we had a variable interest in HPIH.  HPIH is a VIE as the voting rights of the investors are not proportional to their obligations to absorb the expected losses of HPIH. We hold 100% of the voting power in HPIH, but own 53.4% of the total membership and economic interest, and the other members of HPIH hold no voting rights in HPIH. Further, substantially all of the activities of HPIH are conducted on behalf of a membership with disproportionately few voting rights. We have concluded that we are the primary beneficiary of HPIH, and, therefore, should consolidate HPIH since we have power over and receive the benefits of HPIH. We have the power to direct the activities of HPIH that most significantly impact its economic performance. Our minority equity interest in HPIH obligates us to absorb losses of HPIH and gives us the right to receive benefits from HPIH related to the day-to-day operations of the entity, both of which could potentially be significant to HPIH. As such, our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement in this VIE is the net income or loss allocated to us based on our minority interest.

67


On August 15, 2014, the non-HII members of HPIH exchanged 1,725,000 Class B Membership Units of HPIH (together with an equal number of shares of HII Class B common stock) in exchange for an equal number of Class A common stock pursuant to an Exchange Agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”). See Note 8 for further information on the Exchange Agreement and this transaction. This transaction resulted in HII obtaining greater than 50% of the membership and economic interest of HPIH. As of December 31, 2014, HII holds 100% of the voting power and 53.4% of the membership and economic interest in HPIH.

SIL

On October 7, 2013, HPIH entered into a Limited Liability Company Operating Agreement (the “SIL LLC Agreement”) with Health Benefits One, LLC (“HBO”) to form SIL, a venture intended to procure sales leads to distribute to us and to our distributors. As of December 31, 2014, we had made $492,000 in contributions to SIL under the SIL LLC Agreement.

We also entered into an agreement to loan $185,000 to SIL. Pursuant to this agreement, the loan can be paid via earned commissions of HBO paid by us. HBO had no obligations to make any initial capital contributions.

Per the LLC Agreement, so long as HPIH’s unreturned capital contributions have not been reduced to zero, HPIH may, without the consent of HBO, cause SIL to take any significant actions affecting SIL’s day-to-day operations, including, the sale or disposition of SIL assets and entrance into voluntary liquidation or receivership of SIL. As such, we determined that we have the power to control the day-to-day activities of SIL.

We have concluded that we are the primary beneficiary of SIL, and therefore, should consolidate SIL since we have both power and benefits over SIL.  We have the power to direct the activities of SIL that most significantly impact its economic performance.  Per the terms of the SIL LLC Agreement, we have determined that 100% of the operating income or loss of the VIE should be allocated to us.   As of December 31, 2014, our maximum exposure to loss as a result of our involvement is VIE, is 100% of our capital contributions to SIL, or $492,000, the remaining balance of $116,000 on the loan, plus 100% of the operating income or loss of the VIE, as noted above.

 

 

4.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net, are comprised of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Computer equipment

$

349

 

 

$

188

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

251

 

 

 

207

 

Leasehold improvements

 

249

 

 

 

147

 

Total property and equipment

 

849

 

 

 

542

 

Less accumulated depreciation

 

(323

)

 

 

(153

)

Total property and equipment, net

$

526

 

 

$

389

 

Depreciation expense, including depreciation related to assets acquired through capital leases, was approximately $160,000 and $96,000, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

 

5.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill

Goodwill has been recorded as a result of the acquisitions previously described. Additions to goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2014 arose from the acquisitions of HP and ASIA, and additions to goodwill during the year ended December 31, 2013 arose from the acquisition of Secured. See Note 2 for further discussion of our acquisitions during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

No losses on impairment of goodwill were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

68


The changes in the carrying amounts of goodwill by operating segment are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

IPD

 

 

HP

 

 

Total

 

Balance as of January 1, 2013

$

5,906

 

 

$

 

 

$

5,906

 

Goodwill acquired

 

12,108

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,108

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 

18,014

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,014

 

Goodwill acquired

 

2,121

 

 

 

20,941

 

 

 

23,062

 

Impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

$

20,135

 

 

$

20,941

 

 

$

41,076

 

 

Other intangible assets

Our other intangible assets arose primarily from the acquisitions described above and consist of a brand, the carrier network, distributor relationships, customer relationships, noncompete agreements and capitalized software. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives from two to fifteen years.

Major classes of intangible assets as of December 31, 2014 consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

Weighted-average

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Intangible

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Assets, net

 

Brand

 

14.1

 

 

$

1,377

 

 

$

(103

)

 

$

1,274

 

Carrier network

 

5.0

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

(26

)

 

 

14

 

Distributor relationships

 

9.3

 

 

 

5,109

 

 

 

(1,791

)

 

 

3,318

 

Noncompete agreements

 

4.7

 

 

 

987

 

 

 

(462

)

 

 

525

 

Customer relationships

 

5.8

 

 

 

1,484

 

 

 

(644

)

 

 

840

 

Capitalized software

 

6.7

 

 

 

8,571

 

 

 

(977

)

 

 

7,594

 

Total intangible assets

 

7.8

 

 

$

17,568

 

 

$

(4,003

)

 

$

13,565

 

 

Major classes of intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

Weighted-average

 

 

Gross Carrying

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Intangible

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Amount

 

 

Amortization

 

 

Assets, net

 

Brand

 

2.0

 

 

$

76

 

 

$

(17

)

 

$

59

 

Carrier network

 

5.0

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

(18

)

 

 

22

 

Distributor relationships

 

8.8

 

 

 

4,660

 

 

 

(1,192

)

 

 

3,468

 

Noncompete agreements

 

4.8

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

(254

)

 

 

688

 

Customer relationships

 

2.0

 

 

 

788

 

 

 

(181

)

 

 

607

 

Capitalized software

 

2.2

 

 

 

571

 

 

 

(134

)

 

 

437

 

Total intangible assets

 

6.9

 

 

$

7,077

 

 

$

(1,796

)

 

$

5,281

 

 

Amortization expense for year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $2.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively.

Estimated annual pretax amortization for intangibles assets for 2015 and in each of the next five years are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

2015

$

2,626

 

2016

 

2,173

 

2017

 

1,984

 

2018

 

1,743

 

2019

 

1,357

 

Thereafter

 

3,682

 

Total

$

13,565

 

 

 

69


6.

Accounts Payable and Accrued Expenses

Accounts payable and accrued expenses consisted of the following as of ($ in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Accounts payable

$

906

 

 

$

588

 

Carriers and vendors payable

 

5,830

 

 

 

3,310

 

Commissions payable

 

2,009

 

 

 

1,453

 

Accrued wages

 

1,062

 

 

 

793

 

Accrued refunds

 

815

 

 

 

715

 

Accrued credit card/ACH fees

 

144

 

 

 

80

 

Accrued interest

 

1

 

 

 

35

 

Accrued professional fees

 

198

 

 

 

34

 

Other accruals

 

432

 

 

 

66

 

Total accounts payable and accrued expenses

$

11,397

 

 

$

7,074

 

 

 

7.

Debt

Revolving Line of Credit

On December 15, 2014, we entered into a three-year revolving line of credit (“RLOC”) for $15.0 million with a bank. The purpose of the RLOC is to provide working capital to support our general corporate expenses and to help us maintain adequate liquidity. Borrowings under this facility are secured by all of our and our subsidiaries’ assets, including, but not limited to, cash, accounts receivable, and property and equipment. The stated interest rate for the RLOC is 30-day LIBOR, plus 1.95%. As of December 31, 2014, we have not drawn on the RLOC.

The RLOC is subject to customary covenants and restrictions which, among other things, require us to maintain minimum working capital equal to 1.50 times the outstanding balance, and require that our maximum funded debt to tangible net worth ratio shall not exceed 1.50 at any time during the term of the RLOC. The RLOC also imposes certain nonfinancial covenants on us that would require immediate payment if we, among other things, reorganize, merge, consolidate, or otherwise change ownership or business structure without the bank’s prior written consent.

The RLOC agreements also contain customary representations and warranties and events of default. The payment of outstanding principal under the RLOC and accrued interest thereon may be accelerated and become immediately due and payable upon default of payment or other performance obligations or failure to comply with financial or other covenants in the RLOC agreements, subject to applicable notice requirements and cure periods as provided in the RLOC agreements.

Under the terms of the RLOC, we incurred certain costs related to acquiring the RLOC of $23,000. These costs have been capitalized and are included in Accounts receivable, net, prepaid expenses and other current assets at December 31, 2014. The deferred financing costs consist primarily of consulting and legal fees directly related to the bank loan. These amounts are amortized over the life of the related debt.

Long-term Debt

During September 2011, HPI entered into a bank loan agreement with a principal balance of $4.3 million. The purpose of this loan was to finance a portion of the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in HPI as discussed in Note 1. In February 2013, we repaid the $3.2 million outstanding balance of the loan using a portion of the proceeds of the IPO. The remaining deferred financing costs of $71,000 were written-off to other expense (income) on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2013 when the loan was repaid.    

Interest expense incurred on the loan for the years ended 2014 and 2013 was $0 and $17,000, respectively. Amortization expense of deferred financing costs for the year ended 2014 and 2013 was $0 and $7,000, respectively. As a result of no borrowings against the RLOC and the repayment of the bank loan from the IPO proceeds, at December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, we have no outstanding indebtedness.

          

70


8.

Stockholders’ Equity

On February 13, 2013, we completed our IPO by issuing 4,666,667 shares of our Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, at a price to the public of $14.00 per share of common stock. In addition, we issued 8,666,667 shares of our Class B common stock, of which 8,580,000 shares of Class B common stock were obtained by HPI and 86,667 shares of Class B common stock were obtained by HPIS, of which HPI is the managing member. In addition, we granted the underwriters of the IPO the right to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock to cover over-allotments (the “over-allotment option”).

Our authorized capital stock consists of 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, 20,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock

Each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock entitles its holders to one vote per share on all matters to be voted upon by the stockholders, and holders of each class will vote together as a single class on all such matters. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters presented to our stockholders for their vote or approval, expect as otherwise required by applicable law. As of December 31, 2014, the Class A common stockholders had 53.4% of the voting power in HII and the Class B common stockholders had 46.6% of the voting power in HII. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock have 100% of the economic interest in HII. Holders of Class B common stock do not have an economic interest in HII.

The determination to pay dividends, if any, to our Class A common stockholders will be made by our Board of Directors. We do not, however, expect to declare or pay any cash or other dividends in the foreseeable future on our Class A common stock, as we intend to reinvest any cash flow generated by operations in our business. We may enter into credit agreements or other borrowing arrangements in the future that prohibit or restrict our ability to declare or pay dividends on our Class A common stock. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of HII, the holders of Class A common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The holders of our Class A common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of holders of our common stock will be subject to those of the holders of any shares of our preferred stock we may issue in the future.

Class B common stockholders will not be entitled to any dividend payments. In the event of any dissolution, liquidation, or winding up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of our debts and other liabilities and making provision for any holders of our preferred stock that have a liquidation preference, our Class B common stockholders will not be entitled to receive any of our assets. In the event of our merger or consolidation with or into another company in connection with which shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock (together with the related membership interests) are converted into, or become exchangeable for, shares of stock, other securities or property (including cash), each Class B common stockholder will be entitled to receive the same number of shares of stock as is received by Class A stockholders for each share of Class A stock, and will not be entitled, for each share of Class B stock, to receive other securities or property (including cash). No holders of Class B common stock will have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class B common stock.

Exchange Agreement

On February 13, 2013, we entered into an exchange agreement (the “Exchange Agreement”) with the holders of the Series B Membership Interests of HPIH (“Series B Membership Interests”). Pursuant to and subject to the terms of the Exchange Agreement and the amended and restated limited liability company agreement of HPIH, holders of Series B Membership Interests, at any time and from time to time, may exchange one or more Series B Membership Interests, together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to equitable adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends and reclassifications.

Holders will not have the right to exchange Series B Membership Interests if we determine that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements to which we may be subject. We may impose additional restrictions on exchanges that we determine necessary or advisable so that HPIH is not treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. If the Internal Revenue Service were to contend successfully that HPIH should be treated as a “publicly traded partnership” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, HPIH would be treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes and thus would be subject to entity-level tax on its taxable income.

A holder that exchanges Series B Membership Interests will also be required to deliver an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock. In connection with each exchange, HPIH will cancel the delivered Series B Membership Interests and issue to us Series A Membership Interests on a one-for-one basis. Thus, as holders exchange their Series B Membership Interests for Class A common stock, our interest in HPIH will increase.

71


In accordance with the Exchange Agreement, in March 2013, we received a net amount of $1.4 million in proceeds from the issuance of 100,000 shares of Class A common stock through the over-allotment option. We immediately used the proceeds to acquire Series B Membership Interests, together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock, from HPI. These Series B Membership Interests were immediately recapitalized into Series A Membership Interests in HPIH.

On February 1, 2014, a registration statement on Form S-3 became effective under which we registered 8,566,667 shares of our Class A common stock for resale from time to time by the selling stockholder, of which all such shares are issuable upon the exchange of an equivalent number of Series B Membership Interests (together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock).

On August 15, 2014, we entered into an underwriting agreement with Raymond James & Associates, Inc., as the underwriter, and HPI and HPIS, as selling stockholders (the “Selling Stockholders”). Pursuant to the underwriting agreement and the Exchange Agreement, we issued 1,725,000 shares of Class A common stock, at a public offering price of $12.15 per share ($11.54 per share, net of underwriting discounts), for net proceeds of $19.9 million. We immediately used these proceeds to acquire Series B Membership Interests, together an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock from HPI and HPIS. These Series B Membership Interests were immediately recapitalized into Series A Membership Interests in HPIH. The Selling Stockholders agreed to sell to the underwriter, for resale, all 1,725,000 shares of Class A common stock. The sale by the Selling Stockholders was made pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-3 described above. No other shares of Class A common stock have been issued or sold pursuant to the registration statement on Form S-3. The acquisition of the Series B Membership Interests resulted in a decrease in noncontrolling interests with an offsetting increase in stockholders’ equity as of December 31, 2014 to reflect the decrease in the noncontrolling interest’s investment in HPIH. See Notes 14 and 16 for further discussion of this transaction’s effects on a tax receivable agreement we entered into with holders of Series B Membership Interests.

Preferred Stock

Our board of directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, redemption prices, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of such series, without further vote or action by the stockholders.

The issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of HII without further action by the stockholders and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of Class A common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock.

Treasury Stock

Treasury stock is recorded at cost. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, we held 47,144 and 129,881 shares of treasury stock, respectively recorded at a cost of $347,000 and $1.6 million, respectively.

Share Repurchase Program

On December 17, 2014, our Board of Directors authorized us to purchase up to 800,000 shares of our registered Class A common stock under a repurchase program which could remain in place until December 31, 2016. We have adopted a plan (the “Repurchase Plan”) under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, in connection with this authorization.  The Repurchase Plan allows us to repurchase our shares of Class A common stock at times when we otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or self-imposed trading blackout periods.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, we repurchased 43,318 shares of our registered Class A common stock under the Repurchase Program at an average price per share of $7.01.

Tax Obligation Settlements and Treasury Stock Transactions

Treasury stock is recorded pursuant to the surrender of shares by certain employees to satisfy statutory tax withholding obligations on vested restricted stock awards. In addition, certain forfeited stock based awards are transferred to and recorded as treasury stock, and certain restricted stock awards have been granted from shares in Treasury, and certain forfeited awards.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, 12,403 shares were transferred to Treasury as a result of surrendered shares of vested restricted stock awards, 11,542 shares were transferred to Treasury as the result of forfeitures of restricted stock awards, and 150,000 shares were granted to certain employees from Treasury as restricted stock awards. During the year ended December 31, 2013, 312,845 shares were transferred to Treasury as a result of surrendered shares of vested restricted stock awards, and 182,964 shares were granted to certain employees from Treasury as restricted stock awards.

 

72


 

9.

Stock-based Compensation

We maintain one stock-based incentive plan, the Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”), which became effective February 7, 2013, under which SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units and other types of equity and cash incentive awards may be granted to employees, non-employee directors and service providers. The LTIP expires after ten years, unless prior to that date the maximum number of shares available for issuance under the plan has been issued or our Board of Directors terminates this plan. There are 1,250,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under the LTIP.

Restricted Stock

The vesting periods for grant recipients are at the discretion of the Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors and may be vested upon grant in whole or in part but generally have used a four-year period. Restricted stock units are amortized using the accelerated method over the vesting period.

The table below summarizes activity regarding unvested restricted stock under the LTIP during the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 (all amounts in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Number of Shares Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value (per share)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value

 

Restricted stock unvested at February 7, 2013

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

2013 activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

806

 

 

$

12.97

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(408

)

 

$

12.21

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(240

)

 

$

14.00

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock unvested at December 31, 2013

 

158

 

 

$

13.38

 

 

$

1,601

 

Granted

 

200

 

 

$

11.61

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

(54

)

 

$

12.05

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(12

)

 

$

12.13

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted stock unvested at December 31, 2014

 

292

 

 

$

12.25

 

 

$

2,092

 

 

We realized income tax benefits of approximately $98,000 and $550,000 from activity involving restricted shares for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

Stock Appreciation Rights

The SARs activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 is as follows (all amounts in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

SARs

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (a)

 

Outstanding at February 7, 2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

439

 

 

$

12.71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised (b)(c)

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

(60

)

 

$

13.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

 

379

 

 

$

12.51

 

 

6.3 years

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

260

 

 

$

12.33

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised (b)(c)

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

(45

)

 

$

13.09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

594

 

 

$

12.37

 

 

6.1 years

 

 

$

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

 

 

129

 

 

$

12.63

 

 

5.6 years

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

The intrinsic value of a SAR is the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 exceeds the exercise price of the option multiplied by the number of shares represented by such SAR.

(b)

Shares issued upon the exercise of SARs are treated as newly issued shares. There were no shares issued during 2014 and 2013 related to exercises of SARs.

(c)

There was no tax benefit recognized in 2014 and 2013 related to stock-based compensation for SARs.

73


 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock-based compensation granted to employees during the period above was $4.62 per share. The total fair value of SARs that vested for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $626,000.

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock-based compensation granted to employees during the period above was $4.90.   The total fair value of SARs that vested for the year ended December 31, 2013 was $268,000.

Stock Options

The stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 and is as follows (all amounts in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Stock options

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value (a)

 

Outstanding at February 7, 2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised (b)(c)

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

85

 

 

$

12.13

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised (b)(c)

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited or expired

 

 

(1

)

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014

 

 

84

 

 

$

12.13

 

 

8.3 years

 

 

$

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014

 

 

13

 

 

$

12.13

 

 

8.2 years

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

The intrinsic value of a stock option is the amount by which the market value of the underlying stock as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 exceeds the exercise price of the option multiplied by the number of shares represented by such stock option.

(b)

Shares issued upon the exercise of stock options are treated as newly issued shares. There were no shares issued during 2014 and 2013 related to exercises of stock options.

(c)

There was no tax benefit recognized in 2014 and 2013 related to stock-based compensation for stock options.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock-based compensation granted to employees during the period above was $11.15 per share. The total fair value of stock options that vested for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $149,000.

Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

Expense for stock-based compensation is recognized based upon estimated grant date fair value and is amortized over the service period of the awards using the accelerated method. For grants of SARs and options, we apply the Black-Scholes option-pricing model in determining the fair value of share-based payments to employees. The resulting compensation expense is recognized over the requisite service period. The requisite service period is the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for an award, which often is the vesting period. Compensation expense is recognized only for those awards expected to vest, with forfeitures estimated based on our historical experience and future expectations. All stock-based compensation expense is classified within S, G & A expense in the consolidated statements of operations. None of the stock-based compensation was capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

The expected term of the awards represents the estimated period of time until exercise, giving consideration to the contractual terms, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the expected stock price volatility was determined using a peer group of public companies within our industry as we believe this method better approximates the long-term volatility of our stock. In the time since our IPO, our stock has been subject to large fluctuations due to a small percentage of shares available for trading, resulting in a low trading volume. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant with an equivalent remaining term. We have not paid dividends in the past and do not currently plan to pay any dividends in the foreseeable future.

74


The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was used with the following weighted average assumptions for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013:  

 

 

For the year December 31,

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Risk-free rate

 

1.6

%

 

 

1.2

%

Expected life

4.9 years

 

 

4.7 years

 

Volatility

 

40.7

%

 

 

44.0

%

Expected dividend

none

 

 

none

 

 

 

The following table summarizes stock-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

SARs

$

1,049

 

 

$

525

 

Restricted shares

 

938

 

 

 

5,771

 

Stock options

 

467

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,454

 

 

$

6,296

 

 

The following table summarizes unrecognized stock-based compensation and the remaining period over which such stock-based compensation is expected to be recognized as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

Remaining

 

 

 

 

years

2014

 

 

 

 

 

SARs

$

1,492

 

 

2.41

Restricted shares

 

2,477

 

 

2.39

Stock options

 

469

 

 

1.32

 

$

4,438

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

SARs

$

1,302

 

 

2.48

Restricted shares

 

1,323

 

 

2.21

 

$

2,625

 

 

 

 

These amounts do not include the cost of any additional awards that may be granted in future periods nor any changes in our forfeiture rate. There were no SARs or stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

 

10.

Income Tax

The provision for income tax for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 consisted of the following components ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

456

 

 

$

 

State

 

 

74

 

 

 

18

 

Total current taxes

 

 

530

 

 

 

18

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(315

)

 

 

 

State

 

 

(125

)

 

 

 

Total deferred taxes

 

 

(440

)

 

 

 

Income taxes

 

$

90

 

 

$

18

 

 

75


The items accounting for differences between the income tax provision, or benefit, computed at the federal statutory rate and the provision for income tax for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

U.S. federal income tax rate

 

 

35.0

 

%

 

35.0

 

%

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefits

 

 

(16.7

)

 

 

0.2

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

85.2

 

 

 

(6.7

)

 

Operations of nontaxable subsidiary

 

 

(84.8

)

 

 

(21.0

)

 

Stock-based compensation contribution

 

 

(41.4

)

 

 

(7.0

)

 

Non-deductible or non-taxable items

 

 

(4.5

)

 

 

(0.7

)

 

Tax expense resulting from allocation of tax benefits to contributed capital

 

 

44.6

 

 

 

-

 

 

Income taxes

 

 

17.4

 

%

 

(0.2

)

%

 

The deferred income tax assets consisted of the following as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

$

19,505

 

 

$

277

 

Tax receivable agreement

 

 

236

 

 

 

158

 

Stock compensation

 

 

207

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

127

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

21,168

 

 

 

562

 

Less valuation allowances

 

 

(19,744

)

 

 

(562

)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

 

 

1,424

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

(3,710

)

 

 

 

Other

 

 

(14

)

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

$

(2,300

)

 

$

 

 

 

At December 31, 2014 and 2013, HII had no federal net operating loss carryforwards and approximately $338,000, respectively of federal net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2013, with varying amounts of state net operating loss carryforwards for both years. These carryforwards generally are available through 2023. Additionally HP had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $3.0 million, which are generally available through 2024.

Our former operating entity, HPI, was taxed as an S corporation for income tax purposes. Therefore, we were not subject to entity-level federal or state income taxation prior to the IPO.  HPIH is taxed as a partnership for income tax purposes; as a result, it is not subject to entity-level federal or state income taxation but its members are liable for taxes with respect to their allocable shares of each company’s respective net taxable income. We are subject to U.S. corporate federal, state and local income taxes on our allocable share of net taxable income that is reflected in our consolidated financial statements. Additionally, certain state jurisdictions tax HPIH instead of its members, the effects of which are reflected in our consolidated provision for income taxes.

The effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was 17.4% and (0.2)% and a provision for income taxes of $90,000 and $18,000, respectively.  Deferred taxes on our investment in HPIH are measured on the difference between the carrying amount of our investment in HPIH and the corresponding tax basis of this investment. We do not measure deferred taxes on differences within HPIH, as those differences inherently comprise our deferred taxes on our external investment in HPIH. Additionally, certain state jurisdictions tax HPIH and HPIS instead of their members, the effects of which are reflected in our consolidated provision for income taxes.

Our effective tax rate includes a rate detriment attributable to the fact that certain of our subsidiaries operate as limited liability companies which are not subject to federal or state income tax. Accordingly, a portion of our earnings or losses attributable to noncontrolling interests are not subject to corporate level taxes. Additionally, our effective tax rate includes a valuation allowance placed on all of our deferred tax assets, as our belief is more likely than not that some of our deferred tax assets will not be realized to offset future taxable income.  

76


We evaluate quarterly the positive and negative evidence regarding the expected realization of net deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our assessment as to whether it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income to realize these deferred tax assets. We concluded that it is more likely than not that some of our deferred tax assets will not be realized due to the presence of losses during the only year in which we measured deferred tax assets and because there are limited means by which our deferred tax asset on our investment in HPIH can be realized. For these reasons, we provided a valuation allowance of $19.7 million and $562,000 against our deferred tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

We account for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires us to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. Such amounts are subjective, as a determination must be made on the probability of various possible outcomes. We reevaluate uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis. This evaluation is based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, effectively settled issues under audit, and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition and measurement could result in recognition of a tax benefit or an additional tax provision.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, we did not have any balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits, and as such, no amount would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in any future periods. For the year ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, there was no change to our total gross unrecognized tax benefit. We believe that there will not be a significant increase or decrease to the uncertain tax positions within 12 months of the reporting date. The Company accounts for interest and penalties associated with uncertain tax positions as a component of tax expense, and none were included in the Company’s financial statements as there are not uncertain tax positions outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company’s 2012 through 2014 tax years remain subject to examination by tax authorities.

 

11.

Net Loss per Share

The computations of basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to HII for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were as follows ($ in thousands, except share and per share data):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Basic net loss attributable to HII

 

$

(339

)

 

$

(3,355

)

Average shares—basic

 

 

6,057,516

 

 

 

4,813,222

 

Effect of dilutive securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

SARs

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Options

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average shares—diluted

 

 

6,057,516

 

 

 

4,813,222

 

Basic net loss per share attributable to HII

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.70

)

Diluted net loss per share attributable to HII

 

$

(0.06

)

 

$

(0.70

)

 

Potential common shares are included in the diluted net loss per share calculation when dilutive. Potential common shares consist of Class A common stock issuable through restricted stock grants and SARs and are calculated using the treasury stock method.

The following securities were not included in the calculation of diluted net loss per share because such inclusion would be anti-dilutive (in thousands):

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Restricted shares

 

 

292

 

 

 

158

 

SARs

 

 

594

 

 

 

379

 

Stock options

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

77


12.

Fair Value Measurements

We measure and report financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (referred to as an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value of our financial assets and liabilities is determined by using three levels of input, which are defined as follows:

 

Level 1:

  

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities

 

Level 2:

  

 

Quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, or inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability

 

Level 3:

  

 

Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

We utilize the market approach to measure the fair value of our financial assets. As subjectivity exists with respect to many of the valuation techniques, the fair value estimates we have disclosed may not equal prices that we may ultimately realize if the assets are sold or the liabilities are settled with third parties. Below is a description of our valuation methods.

Investments. Our short-term investments include certificates of deposit of varying maturities. The certificates of deposit are classified as held to maturity and have maturities ranging from greater than three to fifteen months. The investments are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  Because the carrying values of the investments approximate the fair values, there are no holding gains or losses on these securities.

Contingent consideration for business acquisition. The contingent consideration related to the acquisitions of Secured and ASIA includes periodic cash payments, as described in Note 2, and are valued using external valuation specialists. The inputs include discount rates reflecting the credit risk, risk and the probability of the underlying outcome of the results required by the acquirees to receive payment and the nature of such payments. The underlying outcomes are subject to actual revenues and earnings relative to the target results in the respective instruments or agreement. These liabilities are included in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

Noncompete obligation. Our noncompete obligation, an exclusivity agreement with the developer of A.R.I.E.S as described in Note 14 are primarily valued using nonbinding market prices as stated in the agreement that are corroborated by observable market data. The inputs and fair value are reviewed for reasonableness and may be further validated by comparison to publicly available information or compared to multiple independent valuation sources. The noncompete obligation is classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The carrying amounts of financial assets and liabilities reported in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets for cash and cash equivalents, cash held on behalf of others, credit card transactions receivable, accounts receivable, advanced commissions, carriers and vendors payable, commissions payable, and accounts payable and accrued expenses as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, approximate fair value because of the short-term duration of these instruments.

We recognize transfers between levels within the fair value hierarchy on the date of the change in circumstances that requires such transfer. We began classifying all of our contingent acquisition consideration as Level 3 in the fourth quarter of 2013.

As of December 31, 2014, our assets and liabilities measured at fair value were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement as of December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Carrying Value as of December 31, 2014

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

$

461

 

 

$

461

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncompete obligation, including current portion

 

$

463

 

 

$

 

 

$

457

 

 

$

 

Contingent acquisition consideration, including current portion

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,400

 

 

 

$

4,863

 

 

$

 

 

$

457

 

 

$

4,400

 

 

78


As of December 31, 2013, our assets and liabilities measured at fair value were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurement as of December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Carrying Value as of December 31, 2013

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

$

7,337

 

 

$

7,337

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncompete obligation, including current portion

 

$

626

 

 

$

 

 

$

613

 

 

$

 

Contingent acquisition consideration, including current portion

 

 

3,876

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,876

 

 

 

$

4,502

 

 

$

 

 

$

613

 

 

$

3,876

 

 

A summary of the changes in the fair value of liabilities carried at fair value that have been classified in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy was as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Contingent Acquisition Consideration

 

Balance as of January 1, 2013

 

$

 

Issuance and settlements, net

 

 

3,423

 

Realized loss included in income

 

 

29

 

Unrealized loss included in income

 

 

424

 

Total realized and unrealized loss

 

 

453

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013

 

 

3,876

 

Issuance and settlements, net

 

 

(579

)

Realized gain included in income

 

 

(102

)

Unrealized loss included in income

 

 

1,205

 

Total realized and unrealized loss

 

 

1,103

 

Balance as of December 31, 2014

 

$

4,400

 

 

Realized and unrealized loss on the contingent acquisition consideration are included in other expense (income) on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

 

13.

Segment Information

For the year ended December 31, 2014, we operated as two reportable segments: 1) IPD and 2) HP. For the year ended December 31, 2013, we operated as a single reportable segment, IPD. The IPD segments comprises our business activities in designing, implementing and administering STM and other products and the distribution of those products to consumers via our call center distribution network and online purchasing. The HP segment comprises the business activities of HP, including the development of HP, including the development of HealthPocket.com and generation of referral-based and other revenues. Intercompany revenues are based on contracted rates for services provided, which generally are referrals provided HealthPocket to the other segment.

79


The following table shows the financial results of our operating segments for the year ended December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands). For the year ended December 31, 2013, we operated as a single reportable segment.

 

 

 

IPD

 

 

HP

 

 

Inter-Segment Eliminations

 

 

Consolidated Total

 

Revenues

 

$

85,960

 

 

$

3,258

 

 

$

(460

)

 

$

88,758

 

Gross margin

 

 

85,960

 

 

 

867

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

86,367

 

Other operating expenses

 

 

80,720

 

 

 

1,867

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

82,127

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,730

 

 

 

637

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,367

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

82,450

 

 

 

2,504

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

84,494

 

Other expense

 

 

1,354

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,360

 

Net income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

2,156

 

 

 

(1,643

)

 

 

 

 

 

513

 

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

 

 

757

 

 

 

(667

)

 

 

 

 

 

90

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

1,399

 

 

$

(976

)

 

$

 

 

$

423

 

Total assets as of December 31, 2014

 

$

55,041

 

 

$

31,723

 

 

$

(592

)

 

$

86,172

 

 

 

14.

Commitments and Contingencies

Leases

We lease office spaces to conduct the operations of HPIH and subsidiaries which expire in between 2015 and 2019. The office space operating lease agreements contain rent holidays and rent escalation provisions. Rent holidays and rent escalation provisions are considered in determining straight-line rent expense to be recorded over the lease term. The difference between cash rent payments and straight-line rent expense was $60,000 and $70,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Total rent expense under all operating leases, which includes equipment, was $505,000 and $308,000 for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in S, G & A expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

As of December 31, 2014, the future minimum lease payments under noncancellable operating leases were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

2015

$

493

 

2016

 

330

 

2017

 

226

 

2018

 

119

 

2019

 

69

 

Total minimum lease payments

$

1,237

 

 

BimSym Agreements

On August 1, 2012, the Company entered into a software assignment agreement with BimSym eBusiness Solutions, Inc. (“BimSym”) for our exclusive ownership of all rights, title and interest in the technology platform (“A.R.I.E.S. System”) developed by BimSym and utilized by us. As a result of the agreement, we purchased the A.R.I.E.S. System, our proprietary sales and member administration platforms, for $45,000 and this purchase was capitalized and recorded as an intangible asset. In connection with this agreement, we simultaneously entered into a master services agreement for the technology, under which we are required to make monthly payments of $26,000 for five years. After the five-year term, this agreement automatically renews for one-year terms unless we give 60 days’ notice.

Additionally, we also entered into an exclusivity agreement with BimSym whereby neither BimSym nor any of its affiliates will create, market or sell a software, system or service with the same or similar functionality as that of A.R.I.E.S. System under which we are required to make monthly payments of $16,000 for five years. The present value of these payments was capitalized and recorded as an intangible asset with a corresponding liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.  

80


Tax Receivable Agreement

On February 13, 2013, we entered into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of the HPIH Series B Membership Interests, which holders are beneficially owned by Mr. Kosloske. The agreement requires us to pay to such holders 85% of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal, state and local income tax we realize (or are deemed to realize in the case of an early termination payment, a change in control or a material breach by us of our obligations under the tax receivable agreement) as a result of any possible future increases in tax basis and of certain other tax benefits related to entering into the tax receivable agreement, including tax benefits attributable to payments under the tax receivable agreement itself. This is HII’s obligation and not an obligation of HPIH. HII will benefit from the remaining 15% of any realized cash savings. For purposes of the tax receivable agreement, cash savings in income tax is computed by comparing our actual income tax liability with our hypothetical liability had we not been able to utilize the tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreement itself. The tax receivable agreement became effective upon completion of the IPO and will remain in effect until all such tax benefits have been used or expired, unless HII exercises its right to terminate the tax receivable agreement for an amount based on the agreed payments remaining to be made under the agreement or HII breaches any of its material obligations under the tax receivable agreement in which case all obligations will generally be accelerated and due as if HII had exercised its right to terminate the agreement. Any potential future payments will be calculated using the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the relevant exchange and prevailing tax rates in future years and will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit. Payments are generally due under the tax receivable agreement within a specified period of time following the filing of our tax return for the taxable year with respect to which payment of the obligation arises.

Exchanges of Series B Membership Interests, together with an equal number of shares of our Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock, are expected to increase our tax basis in our share of HPIH’s tangible and intangible assets. These increases in tax basis are expected to increase our depreciation and amortization deductions and create other tax benefits and therefore may reduce the amount of tax that we would otherwise be required to pay in the future. As of December 31, 2014, Series B Membership Interests, together with an equal number of shares of Class B common stock have been exchanged for a total of 1,825,000 shares of Class A common stock subsequent to the IPO. See Note 8 for further information on these issuances of Class A common stock. As of result of the exchanges noted above, we have recorded a liability of $616,000 pursuant to the tax receivable agreement as of December 31, 2014. We have determined that some of this amount is probable of being paid, because a portion of the deductions and other tax benefits noted above will be utilized based on our taxable income for 2014. Therefore we have also reversed a portion of the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets related to the tax receivable agreement. The exchange transactions created a tax benefit to be shared by the Company and the entities beneficially owned by Mr. Kosloske. Our total liability pursuant to the tax receivable agreement for exchange transactions completed through December 31, 2014 would be $616,000, representing the share of tax benefits payable to the entities beneficially owned by Mr. Kosloske, if we generate sufficient taxable income in the future. We have made no payments under the tax receivable agreement as of December 31, 2014. See Note 10 for further information on the income tax implications of the tax receivable agreement.

Distributor Commission Advance

From time to time, we enter into agreements with our distributors to make advanced commission payments to them. Certain of these agreements include a loan agreement for the purposes of securing the advanced payments we make. Generally, these loans will be paid by commissions earned by the distributor, as described in the respective agreements.

In September 2014, we entered into an agreement with one of our distributors, and certain individuals and entities related to this distributor, (collectively, the “Distributor”), to make advances via a variable secured promissory note. The variable secured promissory note executed by the Distributor (the “September 2014 Note”) provides for advances up to an aggregate amount of $4.8 million, payable in three installments of $1.5 million, $1.5 million, and $1.8 million, respectively. The first advance installment of $1.5 million was made in September 2014 and is included in advanced commissions on accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014. The latter two installments will be made on the earlier of June 26, 2015 and February 26, 2016, respectively, or the achievement of certain levels of sales of our products, as defined in the September 2014 Note, on or before such dates. The September 2014 Note, which secured the advances matures on April 26, 2017 and bears interest only upon the occurrence of an event of default, as defined in the Note. All amounts outstanding, including interest, are due within thirty days of the maturity date, subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an event of default.

Under the September 2014 Note, the Distributor is eligible to earn bonus commissions for each qualifying sale of our products, as defined in the September 2014 Note. Any such bonus commissions earned during the term of the September 2014 Note will be applied against the outstanding balance payable to us under the September 2014 Note, in lieu of a cash payment to us, and the net amount (if any) will be payable to the Distributor.

81


In January 2015, we entered into agreements with the Distributor to make advances via two additional variable secured promissory notes, which we refer to as the “January 2015 Production Note” and the “January 2015 MDF Note”, and collectively as the “January 2015 Variable Notes”.  The January 2015 Variable Notes provide for advances of up to $2.0 million each.  The first installments, $1,500,000 under the January 2015 Production Note and $1,000,000 under the January 2015 MDF Note, were made in January 2015.  Both January 2015 Variable Notes provide for second installments of $500,000 each, payable on July 1, 2015, and the January 2015 MDF Note provides for a third installment of $500,000, payable on January 1, 2016.  The January 2015 Variable Notes, which secure the advances, mature on December 31, 2017 and bear interest only upon the occurrence of an event of default, as defined in each of the January 2015 Variable Notes.  All amounts outstanding, including interest, are due on the maturity date, subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an event of default.

Under the January 2015 Production Note, the Distributor is eligible to earn bonus commissions for each qualifying sale of our products, as defined in the January 2015 Production Note. Any such bonus commissions earned during the term of the January 2015 Production Note will be applied against the outstanding balance payable to us under the January 2015 Production Note, in lieu of a cash payment to us, and the net amount (if any) will be payable to the Distributor.  

Under the January 2015 MDF Note, the Distributor is eligible to earn production credits for achieving certain sales targets of our products, as defined in the January 2015 MDF Note.  Any such production credits earned during the term of the January 2015 MDF Note will be applied against the outstanding balance payable to us under the January 2015 MDF Note, in lieu of a cash payment to us, but no amount will be payable to us by the Distributor.

In addition, in January 2015 we entered into a revolving secured promissory note (the “January 2015 Revolver”) with the Distributor.  Pursuant to the January 2015 Revolver, we may make loans, from time to time, to the Distributor.  The maximum aggregate principal amount loaned by us under the January 2015 Revolver  is capped at the lesser of what we refer to as the available amount and $1,000,000 (increased to $1,500,000 on July 1, 2015 if there has not been an event of default, as defined in the January 2015 Revolver).  The January 2015 Revolver bears interest at an annual rate of 6.0%.  Pursuant to the January 2015 Revolver, on each of December 31, 2015 and 2016, the Distributor shall make a payment to us in an amount that will reduce the amount outstanding under the January 2015 Revolver to $300,000 or less plus accrued interest on the principal amounts so repaid.  The January 2015 Revolver matures on December 31, 2017.  All amounts outstanding, including interest, are due on the maturity date, subject to acceleration upon the occurrence of an event of default. In January 2015, we loaned $1.0 million to the Distributor under the January 2015 Revolver.

Legal Proceedings

As of December 31, 2014, we had no significant outstanding legal proceedings. We are subject to certain legal proceedings and claims that may arise in the ordinary course of business. In the opinion of management, we do not have a potential liability related to any current legal proceedings and claims that would individually, or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, or cash flows.

 

15.

Employee Benefit Plan

We sponsor a benefit plan to provide retirement benefits for our employees, known as the Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings LLC 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan & Trust (the “Plan”). Participants may make voluntary contributions to the Plan from their annual base pre-tax compensation, cash bonuses, and commissions in an amount not to exceed the federally determined maximum allowable contribution amounts. For both the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, the base maximum allowable contribution amount was $17,500. The Plan also permits for discretionary company contributions. We have made no discretionary contributions during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

16.

Related-Party Transactions

Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC

HPI and its subsidiary HPIS, which are beneficially owned by Mr. Kosloske, are related parties by virtue of their Series B Membership interests in HPIH, of which we are managing member. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, HPIH paid cash distributions of $1.2 million and $2.2 million, respectively, to these entities related to estimated federal and state income taxes, pursuant to the operating agreement entered into by HPIH and HPI. The distribution made during the year ended December 31, 2014 included $916,000 that was accrued as of December 31, 2013. The distribution made during the year ended December 31, 2013 consisted of an accrual of $773,000 made during the year ended December 31, 2012 and an additional accrual of $171,000 which was made prior to the IPO.

82


Tax Receivable Agreement

As discussed in Note 14, on February 13, 2013, we entered into a tax receivable agreement with the holders of HPIH Series B Membership Interests, which are beneficially owned by Mr. Kosloske.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively, we have made no such payments under the tax receivable agreement. As of December 31, 2014, we would be obligated to pay $616,000 pursuant to the tax receivable agreement, of which $229,000 is included in current liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2013, $423,000 was payable pursuant to the tax receivable agreement and was included in long-term liabilities in our accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Our total liability pursuant to the tax receivable agreement for exchange transactions completed through December 31, 2014 would be $10.8 million if we generate sufficient taxable income in the future.

TSG Agency, LLC

TSG was a related party by virtue of its involvement in ICE, as described in Note 2. On March 14, 2013, we terminated our contract rights with TSG for an aggregate cash price of $5.5 million. In conjunction with the transaction, Ivan Spinner, TSG’s principal, joined HII as an employee.

On June 30, 2013, we purchased TSG’s interest in ICE for a cash payment to TSG of $90,000. See Note 2 for further information on this transaction.

On March 15, 2014, Mr. Spinner’s employment agreement with HII was terminated.

Health Benefits One, LLC

In October 2013, HPIH formed SIL with HBO, one of our distributors.  See Note 3 for more information on this joint venture.  HBO is a related party by virtue of its 50% ownership of membership interests in SIL. During 2014 and 2013, we made net advanced commissions payments of $1.8 million and $801,000, respectively, and recognized $5.7 million and $906,000, respectively, of commission expense related to HBO. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the advanced commissions balance related to HBO included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets was $2.3 million and $457,000, respectively.

 

 

17.

Concentrations of Credit Risk and Significant Customers

Accounts receivable were approximately $1.8 million and $630,000 as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. As of December 31, 2014 we had two customers who make up 35% and 15%, or a total of 50% of the accounts receivable balance. As of December 31, 2013, we had a single distributor who made up and 21% of the accounts receivable balance.

Revenues consist of commissions earned for health insurance policies and discount benefit plans issued to members, enrollment fees paid by members, and monthly administration fees paid by members as a direct result of enrollment services provided by us. None of our members individually accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, two carriers represented 43% and 36% of premium equivalents. During the years ended December 31, 2013, three carriers represented 41%, 22% and 20% of premium equivalents, respectively.

 

 

 

83


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

HEALTH INSURANCE INNOVATIONS, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael W. Kosloske

 

 

Michael W. Kosloske

 

 

Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

DATE

  

SIGNATURE

  

TITLE

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

  

/s/ Michael W. Kosloske

  

Chairman of the Board of Directors, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

  

Michael W. Kosloske

  

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

  

/s/ Dirk A. Montgomery

  

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

  

Dirk A. Montgomery

 

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

  

/s/ Joan Rodgers

  

Chief Accounting Officer

 

  

Joan Rodgers

  

(Principal Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

 

/s/ Bruce Telkamp

  

Director and Chief Operating Officer

 

 

Bruce Telkamp

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

  

/s/ Paul E. Avery

  

Director

 

  

Paul E. Avery

  

 

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

  

/s/ Anthony J. Barkett

  

Director

 

  

Anthony J. Barkett

  

 

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

  

/s/ Paul G. Gabos

  

Director

 

  

Paul G. Gabos

  

 

 

 

 

March 18, 2015

  

/s/ Robert S. Murley

  

Director

 

  

Robert S. Murley

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84


HEALTH INSURANCE INNOVATIONS, INC.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

 

2.1

 

 

Asset Purchase Agreement dated March 14, 2013, by and among Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., TSG Agency, LLC, and Ivan Spinner. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on the Form 8-K filed March 14, 2013.

 

  

2.2

 

 

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 17, 2013, by and among Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC, Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., Joseph Safina, Howard Knaster and Jorge Saavedra (the schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 23, 2013.

 

  

2.3

 

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger among Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. SV Merger Sub, Inc., HealthPocket, Inc. Bruce Telkemp, Sheldon Wang, any Holder executing a Letter of Transmittal, Option Cancellation Agreement or Parent Option Agreement, and Randy Herman, as the Representative (all disclosure schedules to the Agreement and Plan of Merger have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 16, 2014.

 

  

2.4

 

 

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement between Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC and Landon A. Jordan (all disclosure schedules to the Membership Interest Purchase Agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed August 12, 2014.

 

  

3.1

 

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Current Reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

 

 

3.2

  

 

Certificate of Correction to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Current reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

3.3

  

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to Current reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

4.1

  

 

Registration Rights Agreement among Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and the stockholders named therein. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Current reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

 

 

 

4.2

 

Registration Rights Agreement among Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and Randy Herman, as Representative. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 16, 2014.

 

 

10.1

  

 

Third Amended and Restated Limited Liability Company Agreement of Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

10.2

  

 

Contribution Agreement between Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC and Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-00034 / Film No. 121193612) filed November 9, 2012.

  

 

10.3

  

 

Tax Receivable Agreement among Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC and Series B Members of Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

10.4

  

 

Exchange Agreement among Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC and Series B Members of Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Current Reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

10.5

  

 

Master Service Agreement between Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and BimSym eBusiness Solutions, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 377-00034 / Film No. 121193612) filed November 9, 2012.

  

 

10.6

  

 

Software Assignment Agreement between Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and BimSym eBusiness Solutions, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 377-00034 / Film No. 121193612) filed November 9, 2012.

  

 

10.7†

  

 

General Manager’s Agreement between Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Companion Life Insurance Company. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Second Submission to the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 377-00034 / Film No. 121245775) filed December 6, 2012.

  

 


Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

 

10.8

  

 

Marketing/Billing Agreement between Med-Sense Guaranteed Association and Health Insurance Innovations. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Second Submission to the Draft Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 377-00034 / Film No. 121245775) filed December 6, 2012.

  

 

10.9#

  

 

Employment Agreement between Michael W. Kosloske and Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Current Reports on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

10.10#

  

 

Employment Agreement between Lori Kosloske and Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

10.11#

  

 

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 13, 2013.

  

 

10.12

  

 

Office Lease Agreement between Health Plan Intermediaries, LLC and Magdalene Center of Tampa, LLC. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-185596 / Film No. 121278087) filed December 20, 2012.

  

 

10.13*#

  

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between Michael D. Hershberger and Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. dated as of November 7, 2013.

  

 

10.14#

  

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Amendment No. 1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 filed August 13, 2013.

 

 

10.15#

  

 

Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Amendment No. 1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 filed August 13, 2013.

 

 

10.16#

  

 

Form of Stock Appreciation Rights Award Agreement (Non-Employee Director; Stock-Settled).  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Amendment No. 1 to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A for the quarter ended March 31, 2013 filed August 13, 2013.

 

 

10.17#

  

 

Employment Agreement between Michael A. Petrizzo, Jr. and Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. dated as of October 27, 2013. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.31 to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 25, 2014.

 

10.18#

 

Employment Agreement between Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and Bruce Telkamp.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 16, 2014.

 

 

10.19#

 

 

Employment Agreement between Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and Sheldon Wang.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 16, 2014.

 

10.20#

 

Employment Agreement between Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and Dirk A. Montgomery.  Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 8, 2014.

 

 

10.21*

 

 

Agreement to Commercial Note, dated December 15, 2014, between Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC, and SunTrust Bank.

 

 

10.22*

 

 

Commercial Note, dated December 15, 2014, by Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC in favor of SunTrust Bank.

 

 

10.23*

 

 

Form of Security Agreement, dated December 15, 2014, by Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC and certain subsidiaries in favor of SunTrust Bank.

 

 

10.24*

 

 

Form of Unconditional Guaranty, dated December 15, 2014, Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC and certain subsidiaries in favor of SunTrust Bank.

 

 

21*

  

 

List of subsidiaries.

  

 

23.1*

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

 

 

23.2*

  

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

  

 

31.1*

  

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).

  

 

31.2*

  

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a).

  

 

32*

  

 

Section 1350 Certifications.

  

 

100.INS

  

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

101.SCH

  

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 


Exhibit No.

  

Description

  

 

101.CAL

  

XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

101.LAB

  

XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

101.PRE

  

XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

101.DEF

  

XBRL Taxonomy Definition Document.

 

 

*

Document is filed with this Form 10-K.

#

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement contemplated by Item 15(a)(3) of Form 10-K.

The Registrant has received confidential treatment with respect to portions of this exhibit. Those portions have been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to a confidential treatment request.

 

 



 

Exhibit 10.13

AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is dated as of November 7, 2013, by and between Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., a Delaware incorporated corporation (the “Company”), and Michael D. Hershberger (“Executive”).

Recitals

A. The Company and Executive previously entered into an Employment Agreement, dated as of February 13, 2013 (the “Prior Agreement”), under which Executive served as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary of the Company.

B. The Company and Executive desire that Executive begin to serve as Senior Vice President of Finance and Business Development of the Company in lieu of his prior positions, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

C. The Prior Agreement may be amended by the Company and Executive pursuant to and subject to Section 11 of the Prior Agreement.

D. This Agreement shall amend and restate the Prior Agreement in its entirety.

E. The Company and Executive are parties to that certain Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan, dated February 13, 2013 (the “Award Agreement”), under which Executive was granted 400,000 restricted Class A shares of the Company, 160,000 of which have vested and 240,000 of which remain unvested immediately prior to the Effective Date (as defined below).

F. The Company and Executive agree to protect the interests of the Company and Company’s customers and Confidential Information that may have been or that may be disclosed to Executive as set forth herein.

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

Section 1. Employment, Duties and Acceptance.

(a) The Company shall employ Executive during the Term (as defined below) as Senior Vice President of Finance and Business Development. Executive shall have such authority and responsibilities as are consistent with the authority and responsibilities of a Senior Vice President of Finance and Business Development in the health insurance products industry and such other duties and responsibilities as assigned by the Chief Executive Officer.

(b) Executive hereby accepts such employment and agrees to render Executive’s services to the Company on a full-time basis and to devote Executive’s full business time and attention to the business and affairs of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company. Executive agrees that at all times during the term hereof, Executive will faithfully perform the duties assigned by the Company to the best of Executive’s ability. Executive further agrees to accept election and to serve during all or any part of the Term as an officer, director or representative of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, without any compensation therefor other than that specified in this Agreement. Executive shall report directly to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

(c) The duties to be performed by Executive hereunder shall be performed primarily at the Company’s principal offices in Tampa, Florida subject to reasonable travel requirements on behalf of the Company. Executive shall be entitled to an annual vacation of 22 days in accordance with the Company’s policies and practices; provided that Executive shall schedule the timing and duration of Executive’s vacations in a reasonable manner taking into account the needs of the business of the Company.

(d) Executive acknowledges that from time to time the Company may promulgate workplace policies and rules. Executive agrees to fully comply with all such policies and rules, and understands that failure to do so may result in a disciplinary action up to and including immediate discharge for Cause.

 


 

Section 2. Term. As used herein, the “Term” means the period commencing as of the date first written above (the “Effective Date”) and ending on November 7, 2014. The Term shall be automatically extended for successive one-year periods unless Executive or the Company gives written notice of termination on or before the 30th day prior to the expiration of any Term of its desire not to renew the Term. Any such renewal shall be upon the terms and conditions set forth herein unless otherwise agreed between the Company and Executive. In the event that the Company gives written notice that it does not intend to renew the Term, following the end of the Term, the Company shall pay to Executive an amount equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s annual Salary hereunder (at the rate then in effect) payable monthly in accordance with the Company’s existing payroll practices for the period commencing on the Release Effective Date (as defined below) and ending 12 months after the Release Effective Date. As a condition to the Company’s obligations, if any, to make severance payments under this Section 2, Executive shall have executed and delivered (without subsequent revocation) a general release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A within 21 days (or such longer period to the extent required by applicable law) following the Termination Date (as defined below), and any applicable revocation period shall have expired prior to the 52nd day following the Termination Date (the “Release Effective Date”). For the avoidance of doubt, this Agreement shall have no force or effect until the Effective Date.

Section 3. Compensation. Executive shall be entitled to the following compensation:

(a) The Company agrees to pay to Executive a salary in cash (the “Salary”), as compensation for the services to be performed by Executive, at the rate of $200,000 per calendar year, paid in accordance with the Company’s customary payroll procedures and subject to customary withholding. During the Term, the Board shall have the right to increase, but not decrease, the Salary. Executive’s salary as in effect from time to time shall constitute the “Salary” for purposes of this Agreement.

(b) The Company shall reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties under this Agreement (including travel to and from the Company’s offices from Executive’s residence in Madison, Wisonsin) that are consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to reporting and documentation of such expenses.

(c) Executive shall be eligible to participate in any equity incentive plan of the Company, in accordance with its terms. Executive shall be eligible for an annual bonus and long term incentive awards as determined at the sole discretion of the Company’s board of directors (the “Board”).

(d) Executive shall be entitled to all rights and benefits for which Executive shall be eligible under any retirement, retirement savings, profit-sharing, pension or welfare benefit plan, life, disability, health, dental, hospitalization and other forms of insurance and all other so-called “fringe” benefits or perquisites (except for with respect to any plan that provides severance or other similar benefits), on the same terms that the Company provides to any other similarly situated senior Company executive (subject to all restrictions on participation that may apply under federal and state tax laws).

(e) Pursuant to an amendment to the Award Agreement dated as of the Effective Date, 80,000 restricted Class A shares outstanding under the Award Agreement shall fully vest, and the remaining 160,000 restricted Class A shares outstanding under the Award Agreement shall be forfeited in their entirety without any payment to Executive, in each case as of the Effective Date.

Section 4. Termination.

(a) Events of Termination. Executive’s employment with the Company shall terminate (the date of such termination being the “Termination Date”) immediately upon any of the following:

(i) Executive’s death (“Termination Upon Death”);

(ii) the effective date of a written notice sent to Executive stating the Company’s determination, made in good faith, that due to a mental or physical condition, Executive has been unable and failed to substantially render the services to be provided by Executive to the Company for a period of at least 180 days out of any consecutive 360 days (“Termination For Disability”);

(iii) the effective date of a written notice sent to Executive stating the Company’s determination, made in good faith, that it is terminating Executive’s employment for Cause (as defined below) (“Termination For Cause”);

(iv) the effective date of a notice sent to Executive stating that the Company is terminating Executive’s employment without Cause, which notice can be given by the Company at any time after the Effective Date at the Company’s sole discretion, for any reason or for no reason (“Termination Without Cause”);

(v) the effective date of a notice (other than a notice delivered pursuant to Section 4(a)(vi) of this Agreement) sent to the Company from Executive stating that Executive is electing to terminate Executive’s employment with the Company without Good Reason (“Resignation Without Good Reason”); or

 


 

(vi) the effective date of a written notice to Company stating Executive’s determination, made in good faith, that a Good Reason Event (as defined below) has occurred within 30 days preceding such notice and as a consequence Executive is electing to terminate Executive’s employment hereunder for Good Reason (“Resignation For Good Reason”); provided, however, that Executive will give the Company 30 days to cure such Good Reason Event, and if the Company fails to cure such Good Reason Event within 30 days after Executive gives written notice of resignation hereunder, then Executive may immediately terminate Executive’s employment with the Company, and such termination will be a Resignation For Good Reason hereunder; provided, further, that Executive’s termination shall be deemed a Termination For Cause if the Company has delivered to Executive written notice of any act or omission that, if not cured, would constitute Cause at any time preceding the notice provided by Executive hereunder.

As used herein, the term “Cause” shall mean (i) commission of a willful act of dishonesty in the course of Executive’s duties hereunder, (ii) conviction by a court of competent jurisdiction of, or plea of no contest to, a crime constituting a felony or conviction in respect of, or plea of no contest to, any act involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude, (iii) Executive’s performance under the influence of controlled substances (other than those taken pursuant to a medical doctor’s orders), or continued habitual intoxication, during working hours, (iv) frequent or extended, and unjustifiable, absenteeism, (v) Executive’s personal misconduct or refusal to perform duties and responsibilities or to carry out directives of the Company, which, if capable of being cured shall not have been cured, within 5 days after the Company shall have advised Executive in writing of its intention to terminate Executive’s employment, (vi) serious neglect or misfeasance by Executive in performance of Executive’s duties that, in the reasonable judgment of the Board, has resulted in, or may reasonably be expected to have, an adverse effect on the business or reputation of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, or (vii) material non-compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

As used herein, the term “Good Reason Event” shall mean (i) a material adverse change in the responsibilities or duties of Executive as set forth in this Agreement without Executive’s prior consent at a time when there are no circumstances pending that would permit the Board to terminate Executive for Cause, (ii) any reduction in the Salary or a material reduction in Executive’s benefits (other than (x) a reduction in Salary that is the result of an administrative or clerical error, and which is cured within 15 business days after the Company receives notice of such failure or (y) a reduction in Salary or benefits that are generally applicable to all members of the Company’s senior management) or (iii) a material breach by the Company of this Agreement that is not cured within 30 days following the Company’s receipt of written notice of such breach from Executive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Prior Agreement or otherwise, none of the execution of this Agreement, nor the consummation of the events contemplated by this Agreement (including without limitation, the cessation of Executive’s service as Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer of the Company), the commencement of Executive’s service as Senior Vice President of Finance and Business Development of the Company, nor any other event, action or occurrence prior to the Effective Date shall constitute a Good Reason Event, Termination Without Cause or a Termination Date for purposes of this Agreement, the Prior Agreement or the Award Agreement.

(b) Effect of Termination.

(i) Death or Disability. In the event of Termination Upon Death or Termination For Disability pursuant to Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii) of this Agreement, Executive (or Executive’s legal representative) shall be entitled to receive in cash the following:

(A) an amount equal to any earned but unpaid Salary owing by the Company to Executive as of the Termination Date (the “Accrued Salary”).

(B) to the extent set forth in any written management bonus plan, an amount equal to the pro rata portion, determined as of the Termination Date, of any bonus to which Executive would have been entitled had Executive been employed by the Company at the time such bonus would have otherwise been paid (the “Accrued Bonus”).

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit or abrogate any insurance or other similar benefits available to Executive.

(ii) Termination For Cause. In the event of a Termination For Cause pursuant to Section 4(a)(iii) of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive in cash an amount equal to any Accrued Salary.

(iii) Termination Without Cause and Resignation For Good Reason. In the event of Termination Without Cause or Resignation For Good Reason pursuant to Sections 4(a)(iv) and 4(a)(vi) of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive in cash, subject to Section 4(c)(ii) of this Agreement:

(A) an amount equal to any Accrued Salary;

(B) an amount equal to any Accrued Bonus; and

(C) an amount equal to one-twelfth of Executive’s annual Salary hereunder (at the rate then in effect) payable monthly for the period commencing on the Release Effective Date and ending 12 months after the Release Effective Date (collectively, the “Severance Payments”).

(iv) Resignation Without Good Reason. In the event of Resignation Without Good Reason pursuant to Section 4(a)(v) of this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to receive in cash an amount equal to any Accrued Salary.

 


 

(v) Upon Termination For Any Reason. In the event of any termination, Executive shall be entitled to receive:

(A) any unpaid reasonable, reimbursable business expenses incurred by Executive in the course of performing Executive’s duties under this Agreement that were incurred in a manner consistent with the Company’s policies in effect from time to time with respect to travel, entertainment and other business expenses, subject to the Company’s requirements with respect to incurring, reporting and documenting such expenses; and

(B) benefits under the Company’s benefit plans of general application as shall be determined under the provisions of those plans.

(c) Additional Provisions.

(i) Any amounts to be paid pursuant to this Section 4 shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s existing payroll or bonus payment practices, as applicable.

(ii) As a condition to the Company’s obligations, if any, to make any Accrued Bonus and Severance Payments provided under this Section 4, Executive shall have executed and delivered (without subsequent revocation) a general release in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A within 21 days (or such longer period to the extent required by applicable law) following the Termination Date, and any applicable revocation period shall have expired prior to the Release Effective Date.

(iii) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the obligations and commitments under Section 5 of this Agreement shall survive and continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of Executive’s employment for any reason or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

(iv) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall have no obligation to pay any amounts payable under Sections 4(b)(i)(A), 4(b)(iii)(B) or 4(b)(iii)(C) of this Agreement during such times as Executive is in breach of Section 5 of this Agreement, after the Company provides Executive with notice of such breach.

(v) Executive agrees that termination of Executive’s employment for any reason shall, with no further action by Executive required, constitute Executive’s resignation, as of the Termination Date and to the extent applicable, from all positions as an officer, director or representative of the Company and any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.

Section 5. Noncompetition, Nonsolicitation And Confidentiality.

(a) Definitions.

Company’s Business” means (i) developing and administering web-based individual health insurance plans and ancillary health insurance products, (ii) designing and structuring data-driven insurance products on behalf of the Company’s insurance carrier, (iii) marketing insurance products through the Company’s distribution networks, (iv) managing member relations through the Company’s technology platform, and (v) any other business or commercial activity conducted on or after February 13, 2013, in each case as conducted by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.

Competitor” means any company, other entity or association or individual that directly or indirectly is engaged in the Company’s Business.

Confidential Information” means any confidential information with respect to the Company’s Business and/or the businesses of its clients or customers, including, but not limited to: the trade secrets of the Company; products or services; standard proposals; standard submissions, surveys and analyses; Commercial Lines Quality Assurance Manual; Claims Services Department Procedures and Quality Assurance Manual; Surety Quality Assurance Manual; policy forms; fees, costs and pricing structures; marketing information; advertising and pricing strategies; analyses; reports; computer software, including operating systems, applications and program listings; flow charts; manuals and documentation; data bases; all copyrightable works; the Company’s existing and prospective clients and customers, their addresses or other contact information and/or their confidential information; existing and prospective client and customer lists and other related data; expiration periods; policy numbers; coverage specifications; daily reports and related correspondence; premium renewal notices; and all similar and related information in whatever form. The term Confidential Information does not include, and there shall be no obligation hereunder with respect to, information that (i) is generally available to the public on the date of this Agreement, (ii) becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by Executive not otherwise permissible hereunder or (iii) Executive learns from other sources where, to Executive’s knowledge, such sources have not violated their confidentiality obligation to the Company or any other applicable obligation of confidentiality.

(b) Noncompetition. Executive covenants and agrees that during the period commencing on February 13, 2013 and ending two years following the Termination Date (the “Restricted Period”), Executive will not, directly or indirectly, own, manage, operate, control, render service to, or participate in the ownership, management, operation or control of any Competitor anywhere in the United States of America; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to own shares of stock of any corporation having a class of equity securities actively traded on a national securities exchange or on the Nasdaq Stock Market which represent, in the aggregate, not more than 1% of such corporation’s fully-diluted shares.

 


 

(c) Nonsolicitation of Employees. Executive covenants and agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, employ or solicit, or receive or accept the performance of services by any then current officer, manager, employee or independent contractor of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or in any way interfere with the relationship between the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, on the one hand, and any such officer, manager, employee or independent contractor, on the other hand.

(d) Nonsolicitation of Customers and Vendors. Executive covenants and agrees that during the Restricted Period, Executive will not, directly or indirectly, induce, or attempt to induce, any customer, salesperson, distributor, supplier, vendor, manufacturer, representative, agent, jobber, licensee or other person transacting business with the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company (collectively the “Customers” and “Vendors”) to reduce or cease doing business with the Company or any such subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, or in any way to interfere with the relationship between any such Customer or Vendor, on the one hand, and the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company, on the other hand.

(e) Representations and Covenants by Executive. Executive represents and warrants that: (i) Executive’s execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement do not and will not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Executive is a party or by which Executive is bound; (ii) Executive is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity (other than the Company) and Executive is not subject to any other agreement that would prevent Executive from performing Executive’s duties for the Company or otherwise complying with this Agreement; (iii) Executive is not subject to or in breach of any nondisclosure agreement, including any agreement concerning trade secrets or confidential information owned by any other party; and (iv) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Executive, enforceable in accordance with its terms.

(f) Nondisclosure of Confidential Information. Executive hereby acknowledges and represents that Executive has consulted with independent legal counsel regarding Executive’s rights and obligations under this Agreement and that Executive fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein and Executive agrees that Executive will not, directly or indirectly: (i) use, disclose, reverse engineer or otherwise exploit for Executive’s own benefit or for the benefit of anyone other than the Company the Confidential Information except as authorized by the Company; (ii) during Executive’s employment with the Company, use, disclose, or reverse engineer (x) any confidential information or trade secrets of any former employer or third party, or (y) any works of authorship developed in whole or in part by Executive during any former employment or for any other party, unless authorized in writing by the former employer or third party; or (iii) upon Executive’s resignation or termination (x) retain Confidential Information, including any copies existing in any form (including electronic form), that are in Executive’s possession or control, or (y) destroy, delete or alter the Confidential Information without the Company’s consent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may use the Confidential Information in the course of performing Executive’s duties on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company as described hereunder, provided that such use is made in good faith. Executive will immediately surrender possession of all Confidential Information to Company upon any suspension or termination of Executive’s employment with Company for any reason.

(g) Inventions and Patents. Executive acknowledges that all (i) inventions, innovations, improvements, developments, methods, designs, analysis, drawings, reports, processes, novel concepts and all similar or related information (whether or not patentable) that relate to the Company’s or any of its subsidiary’s or affiliate’s actual or anticipated businesses, (ii) research and development and (iii) existing or future products or services that are, to any extent, conceived, developed or made by Executive while employed by the Company or any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company (“Work Product”) belong to the Company or such subsidiary or affiliate. Executive shall promptly disclose such Work Product to the Board and perform all actions reasonably necessary or requested by the Board (whether during or after the Term) to establish and confirm such ownership (including, without limitation, executing assignments, consents, powers of attorney and other instruments).

(h) Miscellaneous.

(i) Executive acknowledges that (x) Executive’s position is a position of trust and responsibility with access to Confidential Information of the Company, (y) the Confidential Information, and the relationship between the Company and each of its employees, Customers and Vendors, are valuable assets of the Company and may not be converted to Executives own use and (z) the restrictions contained in this Section 5 are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the Company and will not impair or infringe upon Executive’s right to work or earn a living after Executive’s employment with the Company ends.

(ii) Each of the foregoing obligations shall be enforceable independent of any other obligation, and the existence of any claim or cause of action that Executive may have against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of these obligations.

(iii) Executive acknowledges that monetary damages will not be an adequate remedy for the Company in the event of a breach of this Agreement and that it would be impossible for the Company to measure damages in the event of such a breach. Therefore, Executive agrees that, in addition to other rights that the Company may have at law or equity, the Company is entitled, without posting bond, to an injunction preventing Executive from any breach of this Agreement.

 


 

(iv) In the event of a breach or violation by Executive during the Restricted Period of any restriction in Section 5(b), (b) or (d) of this Agreement, the Restricted Period shall be tolled until such breach or violation has been cured.

(v) The parties intend to provide the Company with the maximum protection possible with respect to its Customers and Vendors. The parties, however, do not intend to include a provision that contravenes the public policy of any state. Therefore, if any provision of this Section 5 is unlawful, against public policy or otherwise declared void, such provision shall not be deemed part of this Agreement, which otherwise shall remain in full force and effect. If, at the time of enforcement of this Agreement, a court or other tribunal holds that the duration, scope or area restriction stated herein is unreasonable under the circumstances then existing, the parties agree that the court should enforce the restrictions to the extent it deems reasonable.

(vi) Executive hereby agrees that prior to accepting employment with any other person or entity during the Term or during the Restricted Period following the Termination Date, Executive will provide such prospective employer with written notice of the existence of this Agreement and the provisions of this Section 5 of this Agreement, with a copy of such notice delivered simultaneously to the Company in accordance with Section 10 of this Agreement.

(vii) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the obligations and commitments of this Section 5 shall survive and continue in full force and effect in accordance with their terms notwithstanding any termination of Executive’s employment for any reason or termination of this Agreement for any reason.

Section 6. Withholding Taxes. Prior to making any payments required to be made pursuant to this Agreement, the Company may require that the Company be reimbursed in cash for any taxes required by any government to be withheld or otherwise deducted and paid by the Company in respect of such payment by the Company. In lieu thereof, the Company shall have the right to withhold the amount of such taxes from any sums due or to become due from it to Executive.

Section 7. Expenses. In the event of any legal action to enforce Executive’s or the Company’s rights under this Agreement, each party will be responsible for that party’s attorneys’ fees, expenses and disbursements.

Section 8. Assignment. This Agreement is binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. Executive shall not assign or transfer any rights or obligations hereunder. The Company shall have the right to assign or transfer any rights or obligations hereunder only to (a) a successor entity in the event of a merger, consolidation, or transfer or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company or (b) an affiliate of the Company. Any purported assignment, other than as provided above, shall be null and void.

Section 9. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify Executive for any act or omission done or not done in performance of Executive’s duties hereunder in accordance with the Company’s by-laws to the extent provided for any other officer or member of the Board of the Company. The Company’s obligations under this Section 9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement or Executive’s employment hereunder.

Section 10. Notices. All notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted to be given hereunder, shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or sent by prepaid telegram, telex, facsimile transmission, overnight courier or mailed, first class, postage prepaid by registered or certified mail, as follows:

 

If to the Company:

  

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

15438 N. Florida Avenue, Suite 201

Tampa, Florida, 33613

Attention: Michael W. Kosloske

Telecopy: (877) 376-5832

 

 

 

 

  

with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice hereunder):

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.

15438 N. Florida Avenue, Suite 201

Tampa, Florida, 33613

Attention: Michael A. Petrizzo, Jr.

Telecopy: (877) 376-5832

 

 

 

If to Executive:

  

To Executive’s address as reflected on the payroll records of the Company

or such other address as either party shall designate by notice in writing to the other in accordance herewith. Any such notice shall be deemed given when so delivered personally, by telex, facsimile transmission or telegram, or if sent by overnight courier, one day after delivery to such courier by the sender or if mailed, five days after deposit by the sender in the U.S. mails.

 


 

Section 11. Entire Agreement. This Agreement shall constitute the entire agreement between Executive and the Company concerning the subject matter hereof. This Agreement supersedes and preempts any prior employment agreement or other understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, that may have related to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation, the Prior Agreement. No provisions of this Agreement may be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver, modification or discharge is agreed to in writing, signed by Executive and an authorized officer of the Company.

Section 12. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the laws of the State of Florida, without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law under Florida law irrespective of the fact that the parties now or at any time may be residents of or engage in activities in a different state. Employee agrees that in the event of any dispute or claim arising under this Agreement, jurisdiction and venue shall be vested and proper, and Employee hereby consents to the jurisdiction of any court sitting in the State of Florida, including a federal district court.

Section 13. Full Settlement. Executive acknowledges and agrees that, subject to the payment by the Company of the benefits provided in this Agreement to Executive, in no event will the Company nor any subsidiary or affiliate thereof be liable to Executive for damages under any claim of breach of contract as a result of the termination of Executive’s employment. In the event of any such termination, the Company shall be liable only to provide to Executive, or Executive’s heirs or beneficiaries, the benefits specified in this Agreement.

Section 14. Strict Compliance. Executive’s or the Company’s failure to insist upon strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement or the failure to assert any right Executive or the Company may have hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or right or any other provision or right of this Agreement. The waiver, whether express or implied, by either party of a violation of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any subsequent violation of any such provision.

Section 15. Creditor Status. No benefit or promise hereunder shall be secured by any specific assets of the Company. Executive shall have only the rights of an unsecured general creditor of the Company in seeking satisfaction of such benefits or promises.

Section 16. Section 409A. This Agreement is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Section 409A”), and shall be construed accordingly. Any payments or distributions to be made to Executive under this Agreement upon a separation from service of amounts classified as “nonqualified deferred compensation” for purposes of Section 409A, shall in no event be made or commence until six months after such separation from service if Executive is determined to be a specified Executive of a public company (all as determined under Section 409A). Each payment of nonqualified deferred compensation under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A. Any reimbursements made pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid as soon as practicable but no later than 90 days after Executive submits evidence of such expenses to the Company (which payment date shall in no event be later than the last day of the calendar incurred). The amount of such reimbursements paid and any in-kind benefits the year following the calendar year in which the expense was provided during any calendar year shall not affect the reimbursements paid or in-kind benefits provided in any other calendar year, and the right to any such payments and benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another payment or benefit.

Section 17. Cooperation. Executive agrees to provide assistance to and cooperate with the Company upon its reasonable request with respect to matters within the scope of Executive’s duties and responsibilities during the Restricted Period. During such Period, the Company shall, to the maximum extent coordinate or cause any such request with Executive’s other commitments and responsibilities to minimize the degree to which such request interferes with such commitments and responsibilities. The Company agrees that it will reimburse Executive for reasonable documented travel expenses (i.e., travel, meals and lodging) that Executive may incur in providing assistance to the Company hereunder.

Section 18. Non-disparagement. Executive agrees to not make any statements, written or oral, while employed by the Company and thereafter, which would be reasonably likely to disparage or damage the Company, its affiliates or the personal or professional reputation of any present or former employees, officers or members of the managing or directorial boards or committees of the Company or its affiliates. The Company agrees that it will instruct each of its officers and members of its managing board not to make any disparaging communication regarding Executive, and no director, officer or employee of the Company will be authorized on the Company’s behalf to make any such disparaging communications regarding Executive.

 


 

Section 19. Recoupment. If the Company is required to prepare an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company, as a result of misconduct, with any financial reporting requirement under the securities laws, and if the Executive knowingly or grossly negligently engaged in the misconduct, or knowingly or grossly negligently failed to prevent the misconduct, or if the Executive is one of the individuals subject to automatic forfeiture under, Section 304 of the United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (and not otherwise exempted), the Executive shall reimburse the Company the amount of any payment in settlement of any earned or accrued during the twelve-month period following the first public issuance or filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (whichever first occurred) of the financial document not in compliance with such financial reporting requirement. Such payments shall be subject to repayment to or recoupment (clawback) by the Company in accordance with such policies and procedures as the Committee or Board may adopt from time to time, including policies and procedures to implement applicable law (including. but not limited to Section 954 of the Dodd-Frank Act), stock market or exchange rules and regulations or accounting or tax rules and regulations.

Section 20. Survival. Any provision of this Agreement that is expressly or by implication intended to survive the termination of this Agreement shall survive or remain in effect after the termination of this Agreement.

Section 21. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, anyone of which need not contain the signature of more than one party, but all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[signature page follows]

 

 

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

HEALTH INSURANCE INNOVATIONS, INC.

 

 

By: 

 

/s/ Michael W. Kosloske

 

 

Name:

 

Michael W. Kosloske

 

 

Title:

 

Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer

 

 

EXECUTIVE

 

/s/ Michael D. Hershberger

Michael D. Hershberger

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT]

 

 

 

 


 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF RELEASE

This RELEASE (“Release”) is granted effective as of ____________________ by Michael D. Hershberger (the “Executive”) in favor of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) and the other Released Parties (as defined below). This is the Release referred to in the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated as of November 7, 2013, between the Company and the Executive (the “Employment Agreement”). The Executive gives this Release in consideration of the Company’s promises and covenants contained in the Employment Agreement, with respect to which this Release is an integral part.

1. Release of the Company. The Executive, for himself, his successors, assigns, attorneys, and all those entitled to assert his rights, now and forever hereby releases and discharges the Company and its respective officers, directors, stockholders, trustees, Executives, agents, parent corporations, subsidiaries, affiliates, estates, successors, assigns and attorneys (the “Released Parties”), from any and all claims, actions, causes of action, sums of money due, suits, debts, liens, covenants, contracts, obligations, costs, expenses, damages, judgments, agreements, promises, demands, claims for attorney’s fees and costs, or liabilities whatsoever, in law or in equity, which the Executive ever had or now has against the Released Parties, arising by reason of or in any way connected with or which may be traced either directly or indirectly to the employment relationship which existed between the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates, or predecessors and the Executive, or the termination of that relationship, that the Executive has, had or purports to have, from the beginning of time to the date of this Release, whether known or unknown, that now exists, no matter how remotely they may be related to the aforesaid employment relationship including but not limited to claims for employment discrimination under federal or state law, except as provided in Paragraph 2; claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act, 42 U.S.C. § 2000(e), et seq. or the Americans With Disabilities Act, 42 U.S.C. § 12101, et seq.; claims for statutory or common law wrongful discharge, including any claims arising under the Fair Labor Standards Act, 29 U.S.C. § 201, et seq.; claims for attorney’s fees, expenses and costs; claims for defamation; claims for wages or vacation pay; claims for benefits, including any claims arising under the Executive Retirement Income Security Act, 29 U.S.C. § 1001, et seq.; and provided, however, that nothing herein shall release the Company of its obligations to the Executive under the Employment Agreement or any other contractual obligations between the Company or its affiliates and the Executive, or any indemnification obligations to the Executive under the Company’s bylaws or operating agreement or federal, state or local law or otherwise.

2. Release of Claims Under Age Discrimination in Employment Act. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Executive agrees that by executing this Release, he has released and waived any and all claims he has or may have as of the date of this Release for age discrimination under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, 29 U.S.C. § 621, et seq. It is understood that the Executive has been advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release; that he in fact has consulted a knowledgeable, competent attorney regarding this Release; that he may, before executing this Release, consider this Release for a period of 21 calendar days; and that the consideration he receives for this Release is in addition to amounts to which he was already entitled. It is further understood that this Release is not effective until seven calendar days after the execution of this Release and that the Executive may revoke this Release within seven calendar days from the date of execution hereof.

The Executive agrees that he has carefully read this Release and is signing it voluntarily. The Executive acknowledges that he has had 21 days from receipt of this Release to review it prior to signing or that, if the Executive is signing this Release prior to the expiration of such 21- day period, the Executive is waiving his right to review the Release for such full 21-day period prior to signing it. The Executive has the right to revoke this release within seven days following the date of its execution by him. However, if the Executive revokes this Release within such seven-day period, no severance benefit will be payable to him under the Employment Agreement and he shall return to the Company any such payment received prior to that date.

THE EXECUTIVE HAS CAREFULLY READ THIS RELEASE AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT CONSTITUTES A GENERAL RELEASE OF ALL KNOWN AND UNKNOWN CLAIMS AGAINST THE COMPANY UNDER THE AGE DISCRIMINATION IN EMPLOYMENT ACT. THE EXECUTIVE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT HE HAS HAD A FULL OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT WITH AN ATTORNEY OR OTHER ADVISOR OF HIS CHOOSING CONCERNING HIS EXECUTION OF THIS RELEASE AND THAT HE IS SIGNING THIS RELEASE VOLUNTARILY AND WITH THE FULL INTENT OF RELEASING THE COMPANY FROM ALL SUCH CLAIMS.

 

 

Name of Executive: Michael D. Hershberger

 

Date:

 

 



 

Exhibit 10.21

 

Agreement to Commercial Note

This Agreement dated December 15, 2014 between Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC(“Borrower”) and SunTrust Bank, its present and future affiliates and their successors and assigns, (collectively, “SunTrust”) constitutes the “Agreement” referenced under “Additional Terms and Conditions” in the Commercial Note dated December 15, 2014 in the Loan Amount equal to $15,000,000.00.  The terms and conditions of this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Note constitute the entire agreement between Borrower and SunTrust.  All defined terms used herein that are not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the above referenced Commercial Note.

Borrower and SunTrust hereby agree to the following terms and conditions:

I.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

A.

Financial Information. Borrower shall deliver the following financial information to SunTrust as indicated below:

(i)

10-K Report.  Within three (3) business days after filing with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), a copy of the 10-K Report for Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. (“HII”).

(ii)

10-Q Report.  Within three (3) business days after filing with the SEC, a copy of the 10-Q Report for HII.

B.

Compliance Certificate. Concurrently with the delivery of the 10-Q Report of HII, commencing with the quarter ending December 31, 2014, Borrower shall deliver to SunTrust a certificate of a duly authorized officer of Borrower in a form satisfactory to SunTrust (i) certifying as to whether there exists an event of default or any circumstances which, with notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute an event of default and if there exists an event of default or any such circumstance, specifying the details thereof and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth in reasonable detail calculations demonstrating compliance with the financial covenants included in this Agreement.

C.

Notification. Borrower shall promptly notify SunTrust of any of the following of which it has knowledge: (i) the occurrence of any event of default (or any circumstances which, with notice or the passage of time or both, would constitute an event of default) under the Note, (ii) the commencement of any action, suit, or proceeding or any other matter that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, operations, assets or prospects of Borrower, (iii) any event or development that could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the assets, operations or financial condition of Borrower, and (iv) any change in the senior management of Borrower.

D.

Deposit Accounts. Borrower shall maintain its primary investment accounts with SunTrust through the full term of the Note.

E.

Loan Documentation and Additional Requirements.  All required documentation as set forth in a commitment letter dated July 16, 2014 issued by SunTrust, including but not limited to the following documents dated as of even date herewith (a) Commercial Note from Borrower payable to SunTrust in the principal amount of $15,000,000.00; (b) Security Agreement from Borrower in favor of SunTrust; (c) Guaranty of Note from (i) Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.; (ii) Insurance Center for Excellence, LLC; (iii) Secured Software Solutions LLC; (iv) Sunrise Health Plans LLC; (v) Sunrise Group Marketing LLC; (vi) HealthPocket, Inc.; and (vii) American Service Insurance Agency, LLC (collectively, “Guarantors” and individually, a “Guarantor”), and (d) a legal opinion from a third party lawyer with respect to the organization and authority of the Borrower and the Guarantors and the enforceability of the loan documents, all in favor of Bank, shall be delivered to SunTrust in form, substance and context satisfactory to SunTrust. All requests for advances shall be in writing, signed by an authorized representative of Borrower, and delivered to Bank at least 24 hours before the Bank is required to fund the request.

F.

Additional Guarantors. Borrower shall cause any and all future subsidiary entities of Borrower created after the date hereof to execute and deliver to SunTrust a Guaranty of Note, together with resolutions acceptable to Bank authorizing the execution and delivery of the same, copies of the organizational documents and good standing certificates with respect to each new guarantor and a supplemental legal opinion with respect to the organization and authority of each new guarantor and the enforceability of its guaranty.  Such additional guarantors shall also execute and deliver to SunTrust a security agreement in favor of SunTrust granting to SunTrust a lien of first priority in the business assets of such additional guarantors corresponding to the collateral given by Borrower to SunTrust for the Note given by Borrower to SunTrust.  SunTrust shall file, at Borrower's expense, a Uniform Commercial Code Financing Statement to perfect the security interest of SunTrust.

II.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

A.

Liens.  Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any subsidiary (if any) to, create, incur, assume or permit any lien, security interest or other type of encumbrance (a “Lien”) on any of its assets, except Liens granted to SunTrust, statutory Liens that do not secure indebtedness and other Liens that have been consented to by SunTrust  in writing.

{30039874;1}630454 (12/12)

Page 1 of 3

 

*454*

 


 

B.

Additional Indebtedness.  Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of SunTrust, and shall not permit any Subsidiary of Borrower (if any) to, create, incur, assume or permit any indebtedness for money borrowed, reimbursement obligations under letters of credit, capital lease obligations or hedging obligations (collectively, “Indebtedness”) or any guarantees or endorsements of any Indebtedness, other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business, Indebtedness to SunTrust and other Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000.00 annually.

C.

Distribution. Upon the occurrence and during the continuation of an Event of Default or any event or condition that with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both could become an Event of Default, Borrower will not declare or make, or agree to pay or make, directly or indirectly, any distribution.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provided that written evidence satisfactory to SunTrust, in the sole and absolute discretion of SunTrust, is given to SunTrust evidencing the tax liability, SunTrust will allow for a distribution in an amount to cover the tax liabilities of the members of Borrower related to such members' ownership interests in Borrower.

D.

Senior Management/Control.   Michael Kosloske shall not be removed as Chief Executive Officer of Borrower.

III.

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

All financial covenants shall be calculated for HII, Borrower and its subsidiaries (if any) on a consolidated basis using the 10-K and 10-Q Reports filed by HII with the SEC.

So long as any portion of the Loan Amount under the Note remains unpaid and in the case of an open-end revolving borrowing arrangement, the Loan Amount remains available for advances, Borrower covenants and agrees as follows (unless otherwise indicated, all accounting terms used in the following financial covenants shall be construed in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the U.S. as in effect from time to time):

A.

Minimum Working Capital

Borrower shall maintain minimum working capital equal to 1.50 to 1.00 times the outstanding balance on the Note whenever there are amounts drawn on the Note.  For purposes of measuring this covenant, working capital shall be defined as Borrower's current assets less cash held on behalf of others for third party insurance carriers, producers and discount benefit providers less current liabilities less any corresponding payables due to third party insurance carriers, producers, and discount benefit providers.  The payables to insurance carriers, producers and discount benefit providers (“Third Party Creditors”) shall not exceed Borrower's corresponding cash held on behalf of Third Party Creditors.  This covenant shall be measured quarterly.

B.

Maximum Funded Debt to Tangible Net Worth

Borrower maximum funded debt to tangible net worth ratio shall not exceed 1.50 to 1.00 during the term of the Note.  This covenant shall be measured quarterly.  “Tangible Net Worth” is defined as Borrower's equity less intangible assets and all amounts due from related entities (including without limitation, affiliates, subsidiaries, members, and officers).  “Funded Debt” means (1) all obligations for money borrowed, (2) all obligations evidenced by a bond, indenture, note, letter of credit or similar instrument, (3) all obligations under capital leases, and (4) all other obligations upon which interest charges are customarily paid.

IV.

UNUSED FEE

A.

There shall be due and payable to SunTrust an unused fee in the amount of 30 basis points per year (i.e., 7.5 basis points per quarter), on a quarterly basis, on sums not advanced on the Note.  This fee shall be due and payable quarterly, in arrears, commencing with the quarter ending March 31, 2015.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, this unused fee shall be waived by SunTrust for each quarter in which the average outstanding balance on the Note is $4,000,000.00 or more.

V.

CONDITION PRECEDENT TO THE MAKING OF EACH ADVANCE

A.

The making of each advance under the Note is subject to accuracy of representations and warranties and the further condition that no Event of Default or event which with the passing of time or the giving of notice or both would constitute an Event of Default shall exist at such time.

VI.

ADDITIONAL EVENTS OF DEFAULT

A.

Any guarantor terminates or cancels or seeks to terminate or cancel its Guaranty.

B.

Failure of Borrower to satisfy any condition set forth in, or deliver any document required by, Section 1.E. above on or before December 11, 2014.

{30039874;1}630454 (12/12)

Page 2 of 3

 

 


 

VII.

CONFIDENTIALITY

A.

SunTrust agrees not to disclose or use any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) provided to SunTrust except in connection with the indebtedness owed by Borrower as evidenced, inter alia, by that certain: (i) Commercial Note from Borrower and payable to Bank in the principal amount of $15,000,000.00; and (ii) Agreement to Commercial Note between SunTrust and Borrower (collectively, the “Transaction”).  SunTrust agrees to take normal and commercially reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality and prevent the unauthorized use of the Confidential Information.  Confidential Information may be disclosed to (i) SunTrust's legal counsel and other third party advisors (collectively, “Advisors”), (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority, (iv) to enforce any remedy hereunder or under any of the documents executed and delivered by any Obligor to SunTrust (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) or in connection with any suit, action or proceeding relating to the this Agreement, any other Loan Documents or the Transaction or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, or (vi) with the written consent of the Borrower.  Any individual or entity obligated to abide by the confidentiality and non-use provisions of this section shall be considered to have complied with such obligations to do so if such individual or entity has exercised normal and commercially reasonable precautions, but in no event less than those precautions that it uses to protect its own confidential and proprietary information of similar importance.  In any event, SunTrust shall be responsible for any breach of this Section by it or any of its Advisors.

If SunTrust is compelled or desires to disclose any of the Confidential Information pursuant to clause (ii), above (“Disclosure Action”), SunTrust will provide Borrower with prompt written notice (to the extent legally permitted) of each such Disclosure Action so that Borrower may (at its expense) seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive SunTrust’s compliance with the provisions of this section.  In addition, if requested by Borrower, SunTrust shall assist Borrower at Borrower's expense in obtaining a protective order and taking other legally available steps to resist or narrow any Disclosure Action falling within clause (ii) above.  In the event that a protective order or other remedy is not obtained promptly, SunTrust may furnish that portion (and only that portion) of the Confidential Information which, in the opinion of the SunTrust’s counsel, SunTrust is legally required to disclose and will otherwise exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any such Confidential Information so disclosed.

For purposes of this Section, “Confidential Information” means all non-public, confidential or proprietary information of any Borrower and its respective affiliates, which is identified in writing as such, in any form; and shall include any notes, analyses, compilations, reports, forecasts, studies, samples, data, statistics, summaries, interpretations and other materials prepared by or for SunTrust that contain, are based on, or otherwise reflect or are derived, in whole or in part, from any of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that (x) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, (y) was within SunTrust’s or its Advisors’ possession on a non-confidential basis from a source other than an Obligor that is not known by SunTrust or its Advisors to be subject to any obligation of confidentiality to any Obligor, or (z) was developed independently by SunTrust or its Advisors without any reference to or use of the Confidential Information.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower and SunTrust have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

SunTrust Bank

 

Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

s Jordan K. Young

 

By:

 

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.,

 

 

Jordan K. Young,

 

 

 

A Delaware corporation,

 

 

Senior Vice President

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

By:

 

s Dirk A. Montgomery

 

 

 

 

 

Dirk A. Montgomery,

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

{30039874;1}630454 (12/12)

Page 3 of 3

 

 



 

Exhibit 10.22

 

  

Commercial Note

Florida

 

Borrower:   Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC

Date:  December 15, 2014

Borrower’s Address:  15438 N. Florida Avenue, Suite 201, Tampa, Florida 33613-1223

Loan Amount:  Fifteen Million and No/100 Dollars ($15,000,000.00)

Account Number:

 

Note Number:

 

Officer: Jordan K. Young

For value received, the borrower(s) named above, whether one or more (the “Borrower”), jointly and severally promise to pay to the order of SunTrust Bank, a Georgia banking corporation (“SunTrust”) at any of its offices, or at such place as SunTrust may in writing designate, without offset in U.S. Dollars in immediately available funds, the Loan Amount shown above, or the total of all amounts advanced under this commercial note and any modifications, renewals, extensions or replacements thereof (this “Note”)  if less than the full Loan Amount is advanced, plus interest and any other amounts due, upon the terms specified below.

Note TypeRepayment Terms

 

Revolving

Master

This is an open end revolving line of credit.  Borrower  may borrow, repay, and re-borrower an aggregate principal amount up to the Loan Amount outstanding at any one time.

 

 

Borrowing

Note With Maturity Date

Principal is due and payable in full on the Maturity Date, but the Borrower shall be liable for only so much of the Loan Amount as shall be equal to the total amount advanced to the Borrower by SunTrust from time to time, less all payments made by or for the Borrower and applied by SunTrust to principal.  Advances under this Note shall be recorded and maintained by SunTrust in its internal records and such records shall be conclusive of the principal and interest owed by Borrower unless there is an error in such records.  Accrued interest will be payable on the 15th day of each month beginning on January 15, 2015, with all unpaid accrued interest due and payable on the Maturity Date.

 

 

 

“Maturity Date” means December 15, 2017 or such date to which this Note may be extended or renewed in the sole discretion of SunTrust by written notice from SunTrust to Borrower.

Additional Terms And Conditions

This Note is governed by additional terms and conditions contained in an Agreement to Commercial Note between the Borrower and SunTrust dated December 15, 2014 and any modifications, renewals, extensions or replacements thereof (the “Agreement”).  In the event of a conflict between any term or condition contained in this Note and in the Agreement, such term or condition of the Agreement shall control.

Interest

Interest will accrue on an actual/360 basis (calculated on the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days). Interest shall accrue from the date of disbursement on the unpaid balance and shall continue to accrue until this Note is paid in full.

Subject to the above, interest per annum payable on this Note (the “Rate”) shall be

The LIBOR Rate as defined on the attached Addendum A plus 1.95%.

Adjustments to the Rate shall be effective as of the Interest Rate Determination Date.

The Rate shall not exceed 18% if the loan amount is $500,000.00 or less, or 24% if the loan amount is over $500,000.00.

Collateral

To the extent permitted by law, the Borrower grants to SunTrust a security interest in and a lien upon all deposits or investments maintained by the Borrower with SunTrust and any affiliates thereof.

 

{30048034;1}Copies: 0

Distribution: Original-Collateral File; Copy-Borrower

630106 (03/14) (FL)  Attorney Prepared

Page 1 of 8

 

*106F*

 


 

The collateral for this Note includes, but is not limited to, the following:

First lien position Uniform Commercial Code filing on all of Borrower's business assets (No Landlord Lien Waiver is required).

All assets of Owner, American Service Insurance Agency, LLC, Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., HealthPocket, Inc., Insurance Center for Excellence, LLC, Secured Software Solutions LLC, Sunrise Group Marketing LLC and Sunrise Health Plans LLC as more particularly described herein, and including but not limited to, all Accounts,  Inventory, furniture, fixtures and Equipment, goods, deposit accounts, instruments, documents, commercial tort claims, letter of credit rights, investment property, chattel paper and General Intangibles (as all such terms are used herein and in the Uniform Commercial Code). Without limiting the foregoing the term “Collateral” shall include all of Owner’s rights, title and interest in, to and under (i) any interest rate hedge agreement or other derivative transaction agreement and (ii) any schedule or confirmation relating to such interest rate hedge agreement or derivative transaction agreement.  The term “Collateral” specifically excludes (i) all equity interests in a joint venture known as Simple Insurance Leads, LLC; (ii) cash held on behalf of others for third party insurance carriers, producers and discount benefit providers; and (iii) rights under contracts or other agreements which are not assignable or for which the counter-party will not give consent.

The proceeds of any Collateral may be applied against the liabilities of the Borrower to SunTrust in such order as SunTrust deems proper.

Loan Purpose And Updated Financial Information Required

The Borrower warrants and represents that the loan evidenced by this Note is being made solely for the purpose of acquiring or carrying on a business, professional or commercial activity or acquiring real or personal property as an investment (other than a personal investment) or for carrying on an investment activity (other than a personal investment activity). The Borrower agrees to provide to SunTrust updated financial information, including, but not limited to, tax returns, current financial statements in form satisfactory to SunTrust, as well as additional information, reports or schedules (financial or otherwise), all as SunTrust may from time to time request.

Representations and Warranties

This Note has been duly executed and delivered by Borrower, constitutes Borrower’s valid and legally binding obligations and is enforceable in accordance with its terms against Borrower. The execution, delivery and performance of this Note and the consummation of the transaction contemplated will not, with or without the giving of notice or the lapse of time, (a) violate any material law applicable to Borrower, (b) violate any judgment, writ, injunction or order of any court or governmental body or officer applicable to Borrower, (c) violate or result in the breach of any material agreement to which Borrower is a party nor (d) violate Borrower’s charter or bylaws as applicable. No consent, approval, license, permit or other authorization of any third party or any governmental body or officer is required for the valid and lawful execution and delivery of this Note.

Default, Acceleration And Setoff

An “event of default” shall occur hereunder upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events or conditions:

a.

the failure by any Obligor (as defined below) to pay when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, any amount owed under this Note;

b.

the occurrence of any non-monetary event of default under any agreement or loan document executed in conjunction with this Note or the failure of any Obligor to perform any non-monetary covenant, promise or obligation contained in this Note or any other agreement to which any Obligor and SunTrust are parties (the “Loan Documents” other than those specifically described as an “Event of Default” in this Note), and with respect to such breach that by its nature can be cured, such breach shall continue for a period of fifteen (15) days after receipt by Borrower of notice from SunTrust, provided that the foregoing cure period shall only be available once during each twelve (12) month period for each such covenant, promise, or obligation;

c.

the  breach of any of any Obligor’s material representation or warranties contained in this Note or any other agreement with SunTrust;

d.

the failure of any Obligor to pay when due a sum in excess of $50,000.00 owed to any creditor other than SunTrust under a written agreement calling for the payment of money;

e.

dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation, termination or suspension of usual business of any Obligor other than a merger or consolidation between any Obligor and any of its affiliates or subsidiaries provided that 30 days prior written notice identifying the parties to the dissolution, merger, or consolidation and the proposed date and survivor of the transaction is delivered to SunTrust;

 

{30048034;1}630106 (03/14) (FL)

Page 2 of 8

 

 


 

f.

the insolvency or inability to pay debts as they mature of any Obligor, the application for the appointment of a receiver for any Obligor, the filing of a petition or the commencement of a proceeding by or against any Obligor under any provision of any applicable Bankruptcy Code or other insolvency law or statute, or any assignment for the benefit of creditors by or against any Obligor;

g.

the filing of any petition or the commencement of any proceeding against an Obligor by a third party for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any law relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness, debtor reorganization, composition or extension of debt which is not dismissed within 60 days of filing or commencement;

h.

the entry of a judgment or the issuance or service of any attachment, levy or garnishment against any Obligor or the property of any Obligor or the repossession or seizure of property of any Obligor for a sum in excess of $50,000.00 which is not satisfied, dismissed, dissolved, terminated, or replaced with a bond within 60 days of such entry, issuance, service levy, repossession, or seizure;

i.

a determination by SunTrust that a material adverse change in the financial condition, operations, business or prospects of all Obligors, taken as a whole, has occurred since the date of this Note which adverse change impairs the ability of all Obligors, taken as a whole, to continue normal business operations or to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents;

j.

any Obligor commits fraud or makes a material misrepresentation at any time in connection with this Note or any Collateral;

k.

the sale or transfer by any Obligor of all or substantially all of such Obligor’s assets other than in the ordinary course of business; or

l.

the termination of any guaranty of this Note by a guarantor; or

m.

Michael Kosloske ceases to be the Chief Executive Officer of Borrower.

SunTrust shall not be obligated to fund this Note or make any advance under this Note if an event of default exists or would exist if such funding occurred or such advance made.  Upon the occurrence of an event of default, SunTrust shall, at its option, have the remedies provided herein and by any other agreement between SunTrust and any Obligor or under applicable law, including without limitation, declaring the entire outstanding principal balance, together with all interest thereon and any other amounts due under this Note, to be due and payable immediately without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind, except notice required by law.  Upon the occurrence of an event of default under section g above, the entire outstanding principal balance, together with all interest thereon and any other amounts due under this Note, shall automatically become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind except notice required by law, and SunTrust’s obligation to make advances under this Note shall automatically terminate without notice or further action by SunTrust. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, as of the date of such event of default, SunTrust shall be entitled to interest on the unpaid balance of this Note at the lesser of (a) the Rate plus 4.00% per annum or (b) the maximum rate allowed by law (the “Default Rate”) until paid in full. To the extent permitted by law, upon default SunTrust will have the right, in addition to all other remedies provided herein, to set off the amount due under this Note or due under any other obligation to SunTrust against any and all accounts, whether checking or savings or otherwise, credits, money, stocks, bonds or other security or property of any nature whatsoever on deposit with, held by, owed by, or in the possession of, SunTrust to the credit of or for the account of any Obligor, without notice to or consent by any Obligor. The remedies provided in this Note and any other agreement between SunTrust and any Obligor and by applicable law are cumulative and not exclusive of any other remedies provided by law.

Late Charges And Other Authorized Fees And Charges

As used herein the term “Obligor” shall individually and collectively refer to the Borrower and any person or entity that is primarily or secondarily liable on this Note and any person or entity that has conveyed or may hereafter convey any security interest or lien to SunTrust in any real or personal property to secure payment of this Note.  If any portion of a payment is at least ten (10) days past due, the Borrower agrees to pay a late charge of 5% of the amount which is past due.  Unless prohibited by applicable law, the Borrower agrees to pay the fee established by SunTrust from time to time for returned checks if a payment is made on this Note with a check and the check is dishonored for any reason after the second presentment.  In addition to any other amounts owed under the terms of this Note, the Borrower agrees to pay those fees and charges disclosed in  the attached Disbursements and Charges Summary which is incorporated in this Note by reference and, as permitted by applicable law, the Borrower agrees to pay the following: (a) all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, any and all reasonable costs incurred by SunTrust related to default, all court costs and reasonable out-of-pocket collection expenses, whether suit be brought or not, incurred in collecting this Note; (b) all reasonable costs incurred in evaluating, preserving or disposing of any Collateral granted as security for the payment of this Note, including the cost of any audits, appraisals, appraisal updates, reappraisals or environmental inspections which SunTrust from time to time in its sole discretion may deem necessary; (c) any premiums for property insurance purchased on behalf of the Borrower or on behalf of the owner(s) of any Collateral pursuant to any security instrument relating to any Collateral; (d) any reasonable expenses or reasonable

 

{30048034;1}630106 (03/14) (FL)

Page 3 of 8

 

 


 

costs incurred in defending any claim arising out of the execution of this Note or the obligation which it evidences, or otherwise involving the employment by SunTrust of attorneys with respect to this Note and the obligations it evidences; and (e) any other charges permitted by applicable law. The Borrower agrees to pay such amounts on demand or, at SunTrust’s option, such amounts may be added to the unpaid balance of the Note and shall accrue interest at the stated Rate. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, or after demand and failure to pay if this Note is payable on demand, interest shall accrue at the Default Rate.

Waivers

The Borrower and each other Obligor waive presentment, demand, protest, notice of protest and notice of dishonor and waive all exemptions, whether homestead or otherwise, as to the obligations evidenced by this Note and waive any discharge or defenses based on suretyship or impairment of Collateral or of recourse. The Borrower specifically waives his/her homestead rights under the laws and Constitution of the State of Florida. The Borrower and each other Obligor waive any rights to require SunTrust to proceed against any other Obligor or any Collateral before proceeding against the Borrower or any of them, or any other Obligor, and agree that without notice to any Obligor and without affecting any Obligor’s liability, SunTrust, at any time or times, may grant extensions of the time for payment or other indulgences to any Obligor or permit the renewal or modification of this Note, or permit the substitution, exchange or release of any Collateral for this Note and may add or release any Obligor primarily or secondarily liable. The Borrower and each other Obligor agree that SunTrust may apply all monies made available to it from any part of the proceeds of the disposition of any Collateral or by exercise of the right of setoff either to the obligations under this Note or to any other obligations of any Obligor to SunTrust, as SunTrust may elect from time to time.

Waiver of Jury Trial

THE BORROWER AND SUNTRUST HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, INTENTIONALLY, AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE RIGHT EITHER OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, BASED HEREON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS NOTE, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR SUNTRUST ENTERING INTO OR ACCEPTING THIS NOTE.  FURTHER, THE BORROWER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF SUNTRUST, NOR SUNTRUST’S COUNSEL, HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUNTRUST WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF SUCH LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL PROVISION.

Patriot Act Notice

SunTrust hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 signed into law October 26, 2001), SunTrust may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow SunTrust to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

Hold Harmless and Indemnification

Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold SunTrust and its officers, directors, employees, agents and affiliates harmless from and against all claims, damages, liabilities (including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses), causes of action, actions, suits and other legal proceedings (collectively, “Claims”) in any matter relating to or arising out of this Note or any loan document executed in connection with this Note, or any act, event or transaction related thereto or to the Collateral, except in the instance where such Claims are the result of SunTrust's willful misconduct.  Borrower shall promptly provide SunTrust with written notice of any such Claim.  Upon request of SunTrust, Borrower shall defend SunTrust from such Claims, and pay the attorneys’ fees, legal expenses and other costs incurred in connection therewith, or in the alternative, SunTrust shall be entitled to employ its own legal counsel to defend such Claims at Borrower’s sole expense.  

 

{30048034;1}630106 (03/14) (FL)

Page 4 of 8

 

 


 

Miscellaneous

All amounts received by SunTrust shall be applied to expenses, late fees and interest before principal or in any other order as determined by SunTrust, in it sole discretion, as permitted by law.  Any provision of this Note which is prohibited or unenforceable shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Note. No amendment, modification, termination or waiver of any provision of this Note, nor consent to any departure by the Borrower from any term of this Note, shall in any event be effective unless it is in writing and signed by an authorized officer of SunTrust, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  If the interest Rate is tied to an external index and the index becomes unavailable during the term of this loan, SunTrust may, in its sole and absolute discretion, designate a substitute index with notice to the Borrower. No failure or delay on the part of SunTrust to exercise any right, power or remedy under this Note shall be construed as a waiver of the right to exercise the same or any other right at any time.  The captions of the paragraphs of this Note are for convenience only and shall not be deeded to constitute a part hereof or used in construing the intent of the parties.  All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein or made in writing by Borrower in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Note and any other agreement, document or writing relating to or arising out of any of the foregoing.  All notices or communications given to Borrower pursuant to the terms of this Note shall be in writing and may be given to Borrower at Borrower’s address as stated below or at the top of this Note unless Borrower notifies SunTrust in writing of a different address.  Unless otherwise specifically provided herein to the contrary, such written notices and communications shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the Borrower at the address referred to herein. Any written notice delivered by hand or by overnight courier service shall be deemed given or received upon receipt. Any written notice delivered by U.S. Mail shall be deemed given or received on the third (3rd) business day after being deposited in the U.S. Mail. Notwithstanding any provision of this Note or any loan document executed in connection with this Note to the contrary, the Borrower and SunTrust intend that no provision of this Note or any loan document executed in connection with this Note be interpreted, construed, applied, or enforced in a way that will permit or require the payment or collection of interest in excess of the highest rate of interest permitted to be paid or collected by the laws of the jurisdiction indicated below, or federal law if federal law preempts the law of such jurisdiction with respect to this transaction (the “Maximum Permitted Rate”).  If, however, any such provision is so interpreted, construed, applied, or enforced, Borrower and SunTrust intend (a) that such provision automatically shall be deemed revised so as to require payment only of interest at the Maximum Permitted Rate; and (b) if interest payments in excess of the Maximum Permitted Rate have been received, that the amount of such excess shall be deemed credited retroactively in reduction of the then-outstanding principal amount of this obligation, together with interest at the Maximum Permitted Rate. In connection with all calculations to determine the Maximum Permitted Rate, the Borrower and SunTrust intend  a that all charges be excluded to the extent they are properly excludable under the usury laws of such jurisdiction or the United States, as they from time to time are determined to apply to this obligation; and  (b) that all charges that may be spread in the manner  provided by statute of the jurisdiction indicated or any similar law, be so spread.

Liability, Successors And Assigns And Choice Of Law

Each Borrower shall be jointly and severally obligated and liable on this Note. This Note shall apply to and bind each of the Borrower’s heirs, personal representatives, successors and permitted assigns and shall inure to the benefit of SunTrust, its successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall not assign Borrower’s rights or obligations under this Note without SunTrust’s prior written consent. This Note shall be governed by applicable federal law and the internal laws of the state of Florida. The Borrower agrees that certain material events and occurrences relating to this Note bear a reasonable relationship to the laws of Florida and the validity, terms, performance and enforcement of this Note shall be governed by the internal laws of Florida which are applicable to agreements which are negotiated, executed, delivered and performed solely in Florida.  Unless applicable law provides otherwise, in the event of any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Note, Borrower consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any court located in the state of Florida.

Documentary and Intangible Taxes

In the event that any intangible tax or documentary stamp tax is due from SunTrust to any state or other governmental agency or authority because of the execution or holding of this Note, the Borrower shall, upon demand, reimburse SunTrust for any such tax paid.

Documentary Stamp Tax Statement: This Commercial Note is not secured by real property situated in the State of Florida.  Pursuant to Section 201.08(D)(a), the Florida documentary stamp tax on this Commercial Note is limited to $2,450.00, which sum is being paid directly to the Florida Department of Revenue.

Transfer of Loan

SunTrust may, at any time, sell, transfer or assign the Note, the related security instrument and any related loan documents, and any or all servicing rights with respect thereto, or grant participations therein or issue mortgage pass-through certificates or other securities evidencing a beneficial interest in a rated or unrated public offering or private placement (the “Securities”).  SunTrust may forward to each purchaser, transferee, assignee, servicer, participant, or investor in such Securities or any Rating Agency (as hereinafter defined)

 

{30048034;1}630106 (03/14) (FL)

Page 5 of 8

 

 


 

rating such Securities (collectively, the “Investor”) and each prospective Investor, all documents and information which SunTrust now has or may hereafter acquire relating to the Borrower, any loan to Borrower, any guarantor or the property, whether furnished by Borrower, any guarantor or otherwise, as SunTrust determines necessary or desirable.  The term “Rating Agency” shall mean each statistical rating agency that has assigned a rating to the Securities.

Confidentiality

SunTrust agrees not to disclose or use any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) provided to SunTrust except in connection with the indebtedness owed by Borrower as evidenced, inter alia, by that certain: (i) Commercial Note from Borrower and payable to Bank in the principal amount of $15,000,000.00; and (ii) Agreement to Commercial Note between SunTrust and Borrower (collectively, the “Transaction”).  SunTrust agrees to take normal and commercially reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality and prevent the unauthorized use of the Confidential Information.  Confidential Information may be disclosed to (i) SunTrust's legal counsel and other third party advisors (collectively, “Advisors”), (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority, (iv) to enforce any remedy hereunder or under any of the documents executed and delivered by any Obligor to SunTrust (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) or in connection with any suit, action or proceeding relating to the this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transaction or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, or (vi) with the written consent of the Borrower.  Any individual or entity obligated to abide by the confidentiality and non-use provisions of this section shall be considered to have complied with such obligations to do so if such individual or entity has exercised normal and commercially reasonable precautions, but in no event less than those precautions that it uses to protect its own confidential and proprietary information of similar importance.  In any event, SunTrust shall be responsible for any breach of this Section by it or any of its Advisors.

If SunTrust is compelled or desires to disclose any of the Confidential Information pursuant to clause (ii), above (“Disclosure Action”), SunTrust will provide Borrower with prompt written notice (to the extent legally permitted) of each such Disclosure Action so that Borrower may (at its expense) seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive SunTrust’s compliance with the provisions of this section.  In addition, if requested by Borrower, SunTrust shall assist Borrower at Borrower's expense in obtaining a protective order and taking other legally available steps to resist or narrow any Disclosure Action falling within clause (ii) above.  In the event that a protective order or other remedy is not obtained promptly, SunTrust may furnish that portion (and only that portion) of the Confidential Information which, in the opinion of the SunTrust’s counsel, SunTrust is legally required to disclose and will otherwise exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any such Confidential Information so disclosed.

For purposes of this Section, “Confidential Information” means all non-public, confidential or proprietary information of any Obligor and their respective affiliates, which is identified in writing as such, in any form; and shall include any notes, analyses, compilations, reports, forecasts, studies, samples, data, statistics, summaries, interpretations and other materials prepared by or for SunTrust that contain, are based on, or otherwise reflect or are derived, in whole or in part, from any of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that (x) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, (y) was within SunTrust’s or its Advisors’ possession on a non-confidential basis from a source other than an Obligor that is not known by SunTrust or its Advisors to be subject to any obligation of confidentiality to any Obligor, or (z) was developed independently by SunTrust or its Advisors without any reference to or use of the Confidential Information.  

By signing below under seal, the Borrower agrees to the terms of this Note and the disbursement of proceeds as described in the Disbursements and Charges Summary form provided in connection with this transaction.

 

 

 

 

Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.,

 

    

 

 

 

A Delaware corporation,

 

 

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 s Dirk A. Montgomery

 

 

 

 

Dirk A. Montgomery,

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer


 

{30048034;1}630106 (03/14) (FL)

Page 6 of 8

 

 


 

 

  

Addendum A To Note

LIBOR Index Rate (104)

SECTION 1

Definitions. As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Bank” shall mean SunTrust Bank and its successors and assigns.

“Borrower” shall collectively and individually refer to the maker of the attached note dated December 15, 2014 (“Note”).  The terms of this Addendum are hereby incorporated into the Note and in the event of any conflict between the terms of the Note and the terms of this Addendum, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

“Business Day” shall mean, with respect to Interest Periods applicable to the LIBOR Rate, a day on which the Bank is open for business and on which dealings in U.S. dollar deposits are carried on in the London Inter-Bank Market.

“Interest Period” shall mean a period of one (1) month, provided that (i) the initial Interest Period may be less than one month, depending on the initial funding date and (ii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the maturity date of the Note.

“Interest Rate Determination Date” shall mean the date the Note is initially funded and the first Business Day of each calendar month thereafter.

“LIBOR Rate” shall mean that rate per annum effective on any Interest Rate Determination Date which is equal to the quotient of:

(i) the rate per annum equal to the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for a one (1) month period, which rate appears on that page of Reuters reporting service, or such similar service as determined by the Bank, that displays ICE Benchmark Administration (“ICE”) (or any successor thereto if ICE is no longer making a London Interbank Offered Rate available) interest settlement rates for deposits in U.S. Dollars, as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time) two (2) Business Days prior to the Interest Rate Determination Date; provided, that if no such offered rate appears on such page, the rate used for such Interest Period will be the per annum rate of interest determined by the Bank to be the rate at which U.S. dollar deposits for the Interest Period, are offered to the Bank in the London Inter-Bank Market as of 11:00 A.M. (London, England time), on the day which is two (2) Business Days prior to the Interest Rate Determination Date, divided by

(ii) a percentage equal to 1.00 minus the maximum reserve percentages (including any emergency, supplemental, special or other marginal reserves) expressed as a decimal (rounded upward to the next 1/100th of 1%) in effect on any day to which the Bank is subject with respect to any LIBOR loan pursuant to regulations issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System with respect to eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “eurocurrency liabilities” under Regulation D).  This percentage will be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

“Prime Rate” shall mean the publicly announced prime lending rate of the Bank from time to time in effect, which rate may not be the lowest or best lending rate made available by the Bank or, if the Note is governed by Subtitle 10 of Title 12 of the Commercial Law Article of the Annotated Code of Maryland, “Prime Rate” shall mean the Wall Street Journal Prime Rate, which is the Prime Rate published in the “Money Rates” section of the Wall Street Journal from time to time.

SECTION 2

Interest. The Borrower shall pay interest upon the unpaid principal balance of the Note at the LIBOR Rate plus the margin provided in the Note.  Interest shall be due and payable as provided in the Note and shall be calculated as described in the Note.  The interest rate shall remain fixed during each month based upon the interest rate established pursuant to this Addendum on the applicable Interest Rate Determination Date.

 

{30048034;1}630106 (03/14) (FL)

Page 7 of 8

 

 


 

SECTION 3

Additional Costs. In the event that any applicable law or regulation or the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law) (i) shall change the basis of taxation of payments to the Bank of any amounts payable by the Borrower hereunder (other than taxes imposed on the overall net income of the Bank) or (ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by the Bank, or (iii) shall impose any other condition with respect to the Note, and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to the Bank of making or maintaining the Note or to reduce any amount receivable by the Bank hereunder, and the Bank determines that such increased costs or reduction in amount receivable was attributable to the LIBOR Rate basis used to establish the interest rate hereunder, then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by the Bank, pay to the Bank additional amounts sufficient to compensate the Bank for such increased costs (the “Additional Costs”).  A detailed statement as to the amount of such Additional Costs, prepared in good faith and submitted to the Borrower by the Bank, shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error.

SECTION 4

Unavailability Of Dollar Deposits. If the Bank determines in its sole discretion at any time (the “Determination Date”) that it can no longer make, fund or maintain LIBOR based loans for any reason, including without limitation illegality, or the LIBOR Rate cannot be ascertained or does not accurately reflect the Bank's cost of funds, or the Bank would be subject to Additional Costs that cannot be recovered from the Borrower, then the Bank will notify the Borrower and thereafter will have no obligation to make, fund or maintain LIBOR based loans.  Upon such Determination Date the Note will be converted to a variable rate loan based upon the Prime Rate.  Thereafter the interest rate on the Note shall adjust simultaneously with any fluctuation in the Prime Rate.

 

 

Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.,

 

 

 

A Delaware corporation,

 

 

 

Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 s Dirk A. Montgomery

 

 

 

Dirk A. Montgomery,

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

{30048034;1}630106 (03/14) (FL)

Page 8 of 8

 

 



 

Exhibit 10.23

 

Form of Security Agreement (Commercial)

Blanket Lien; Accounts and General Intangibles

Inventory, Accounts and General Intangibles

Furniture, Fixtures and Equipment

This Security Agreement dated as of December 15, 2014 by _________________ (“Owner”) in favor of SunTrust Bank, its present and future affiliates and their successors and assigns (collectively, “SunTrust”) provides:

In order to induce SunTrust from time to time to enter into agreements with and to extend or continue to extend credit to ____________________ (and any one or more and any combination if more than one, the “Borrower”) and in consideration of any credit so extended, Owner (which may include the Borrower) hereby grants, sells, assigns, transfers and conveys to SunTrust, a security interest in the Collateral and all proceeds, products, rents and profits thereof and all substitutions and replacements therefore and all revenues from the right to use the Collateral to secure the prompt payment and performance of any and all liabilities, obligations, agreements and undertakings of Borrower to SunTrust (and, in addition, all liabilities, obligations, agreements and undertakings of Owner, or any one or more of them, to SunTrust if Owner and Borrower are not the same person or entity) in any amount, whether now existing or hereafter arising, including those owed by Borrower or Owner to others and acquired by SunTrust through purchase, assignment or otherwise, however created, evidenced or arising, whether individually or jointly with others, and whether absolute or contingent, direct or indirect, as maker, endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, whether or not secured by other collateral, and including, without limitation, (a) all obligations to perform or forbear from performing any acts, (b) all overdrafts on deposits or accounts maintained by Borrower or Owner with SunTrust, (c) all liabilities, obligations, agreements and undertakings of Borrower or Owner to SunTrust pursuant to any interest rate hedge agreement or other derivative transaction agreement or any foreign exchange contract or any application or other agreement requesting SunTrust to issue any letter of credit including, without limitation, the obligation of Borrower or Owner to reimburse SunTrust for all amounts funded by SunTrust pursuant to any such letter of credit, (d) all obligations and other liabilities of Borrower or Owner to SunTrust  in respect of any of the following services (i) any treasury or other cash management services, including, without limitation, automated clearing house (ACH) origination and other funds transfer, depository (including, without limitation,  cash vault and check deposit),  zero balance account and sweep,  returned items processing,  controlled disbursement,  positive pay,  lockbox,  account reconciliation and information reporting,  payables outsourcing,  payroll processing, and  trade finance services, and (ii) card services, including, without limitation,  credit card (including, without limitation,  purchasing card and commercial card), prepaid card (including, without limitation,  payroll, stored value and gift cards),  merchant services processing, and debit card services and (e) all reasonable costs of collection and protection of SunTrust’s rights, including attorneys’ fees allowed by law, whether such collection or protection occurs prior to, during, or after any bankruptcy proceedings filed by or against any Obligor (as such term is defined below) (all the foregoing being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Obligations”); provided, however, that “Obligations” will not include any Excluded Swap Obligation (as hereinafter defined).  “Excluded Swap Obligation” means any Swap Obligation (as hereinafter defined), if and to the extent that all or any portion of the grant of  a security interest hereunder to secure such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq.) (as amended and, together with any successor statute, the “Commodity Exchange Act”), or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof), by virtue of Owner’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time that this grant of a security interest becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, the exclusion of such Swap Obligation under the grant of a security interest hereunder shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which such security interest is or becomes illegal. For purposes hereof, the term “Swap Obligation” means any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.  

 

{30039887;1}Copies: 0

Distribution: Original - Collateral File

630127U (07/2013) Attorney Prepared

Security Agreement (Commercial)

Page 1 of 11

*127U*

 


 

Collateral.  As used in this Security Agreement, the term “Collateral” shall mean the following, whether now existing or hereafter acquired:

Check all that are applicable (IF THE COLLATERAL IS NOT SPECIFICALLY DESIGNATED BY A CHECK MARK, OWNER GRANTS SUNTRUST A BLANKET SECURITY INTEREST):

 

X

Blanket Security Interest Covering All Assets

 

All assets of Owner, as more particularly described herein, and including but not limited to, all Accounts,  Inventory, furniture, fixtures and Equipment, goods, deposit accounts, instruments, documents, commercial tort claims, letter of credit rights, investment property, chattel paper and General Intangibles (as all such terms are used herein and in the Uniform Commercial Code). Without limiting the foregoing the term “Collateral” shall include all of Owner’s rights, title and interest in, to and under (i) any interest rate hedge agreement or other derivative transaction agreement and (ii) any schedule or confirmation relating to such interest rate hedge agreement or derivative transaction agreement.  The term “Collateral” specifically excludes (i) Owner's equity interests in a joint venture known as Simple Insurance Leads, LLC; (ii) cash held on behalf of others for third party insurance carriers, producers and discount benefit providers; and (iii) rights under contracts or other agreements which are not assignable or for which the counter-party will not give consent.

Representations and Warranties. Owner represents and warrants to SunTrust as follows:

a.

This Security Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by Owner, constitutes Owner’s valid and legally binding obligation and is enforceable in accordance with its terms against Owner. Owner represents and warrants to SunTrust that it has rights in all of the Collateral and has the power to transfer rights in all of the Collateral.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Security Agreement, the grant of the security interest in the Collateral and the consummation of the transactions contemplated will not, to the best of Owner's knowledge and belief, with or without the giving or notice of the lapse of time, (a) violate any material law applicable to Owner, (b) violate any judgment, writ, injunction or order of any court or governmental body or officer applicable to Owner, (c) violate or result in the breach of any material agreement to which Owner is a party or by which any of Owner’s property, including the Collateral, is bound, or (d) violate any restriction on the transfer of any of the Collateral.  Owner represents and warrants that as of the date of this Security Agreement it is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act. Owner is and will continue to be the absolute owner of the Collateral and there are no other liens or security interests affecting the Collateral other than the security interest granted in this Security Agreement except those previously disclosed to SunTrust in writing by Owner;

b.

Owner is a (entity type) organized under the laws of the State of ________________ and Owner's Organizational Identification Number is _________________________.  Owner is duly qualified and in good standing to do business in every jurisdiction where qualification is necessary; the execution and performance of this Security Agreement have been duly authorized by its members and no further action of any party is necessary; the execution and performance of this Security Agreement will not, to the best of Owner's knowledge and belief, violate or contravene any provisions of law or regulation or any articles of organization, operating agreement or other agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound; and no consent or approval of any governmental agency or authority is required in making or performing the obligations under this Security Agreement;

c.

Primary Collateral locations are as delineated in Schedule “A” attached hereto and by this reference incorporated herein.  Owner will maintain the Collateral at the locations delineated in Schedule “A”. The Collateral shall not be moved from the locations delineated in Schedule “A” without 30 days prior written notification to SunTrust;

d.

Owner maintains its books and records at 15438 N. Florida Avenue, Suite 201, Tampa, Florida 33613-1223.

e.

All information supplied and statements made to SunTrust in any financial statement are true, correct, complete, valid and genuine in all material respects;

f.

No part of the Collateral has been, and never will be so long as this Security Agreement remains a lien on the Collateral, used for the generation, collection, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any hazardous substance, as those terms are defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C., Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act (“SARA”), applicable state laws, or regulations adopted pursuant to either of the foregoing. Owner agrees to comply with any federal, state or local law, statute, ordinance or regulation, court or administrative order or decree or private agreement regarding materials which require special handling in collection, storage, treatment or disposal because of their impact on the environment (“Environmental Requirements”). Owner agrees to indemnify and hold SunTrust harmless against any and all claims, losses and expenses resulting from a breach of this provision of this Security Agreement and Owner will pay or reimburse SunTrust for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses for expert opinions or investigations required or requested by SunTrust which, in SunTrust’s sole discretion, are necessary to ensure compliance with this provision of this Security Agreement. The obligation to indemnify shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the satisfaction of this Security Agreement; and

Page 2 of 11


 

g.

If applicable, all Collateral has been produced in compliance with the Fair Labor Standards Act or other applicable wage and employee law, rule, regulation or order, and that no existing or future liability shall occur as a result thereof. Owner may contest, in good faith, the applicability of any such law, rule, regulation or order, including prosecuting any appeals, so long as SunTrust’s interest in the Collateral, in the opinion of SunTrust, is not jeopardized as a result.

Choice of Law. Owner agrees that certain material events and occurrences relating to this Security Agreement bear a reasonable relationship to the laws of Florida.  This Security Agreement shall be governed by the laws of such jurisdiction and, unless applicable law provides otherwise, in the event of any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this Security Agreement, Owner consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any court located in such jurisdiction. Unless otherwise specified, “Uniform Commercial Code” as used herein shall refer to the Uniform Commercial Code of such jurisdiction, both current and as it may be amended or revised from time to time in the future.

Covenants.

a.

Owner shall furnish to SunTrust such financial and business information and reports in form and content satisfactory to SunTrust as and when SunTrust may from time to time reasonably require.

b.

Owner shall give 30 days prior written notice to SunTrust of its intent to consolidate or merge with or acquire the stock or other ownership interest of any of its affiliates or subsidiaries; Owner shall qualify as a foreign entity and obtain all requisite licenses and permits in each jurisdiction where Owner is required to do so in order to do business in such jurisdiction.

c.

Owner shall notify SunTrust in writing at least 30 days prior to any change of its name or structure or change in its state of jurisdiction of registration or organization, principal place of business or chief executive office.

d.

The following shall apply if the Collateral consists of tangible personal property: Owner shall maintain all of the Collateral in good condition and repair. SunTrust shall have the right to inspect the Collateral at any reasonable time and shall have the right to obtain such appraisals, reappraisals, appraisal updates or environmental inspections as SunTrust, in its sole discretion, may deem necessary from time to time. Owner will not use or permit any person or entity to use the Collateral (i) in any manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Security Agreement; or (ii) in violation of any policy of insurance issued with respect to the Collateral; or (iii) in violation of any local, state or federal law or regulation, including but not limited to any such law or regulation pertaining to the protection of the environment or the protection of the health or safety of persons or animals, and any such law or regulation pertaining to the control of drugs, narcotics or other controlled substances. If the Collateral has been used or is hereafter used in violation of the covenants and agreements contained herein, Owner shall indemnify SunTrust and hold SunTrust harmless against all claims, actions, causes of action, reasonable costs, reasonable expenses, reasonable fees and penalties in connection with such use. Without the express prior written consent of SunTrust, Owner shall not cause or permit all or any part of the Collateral to be affixed to real property so as to become a fixture as that term is defined or interpreted in the state in which the Collateral is at any time located.

e.

Owner will not pledge or grant any security interest in any of the Collateral to any person or entity except SunTrust, or permit any lien or encumbrance to attach to any of the Collateral, or any levy to be made on the Collateral, or any financing statement (except financing statements in favor of SunTrust) to be on file against the Collateral.

f.

Owner hereby constitutes and appoints any officer or employee of SunTrust as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is not cured within any applicable cure or grace period (i) to transfer the Collateral into SunTrust's name or the name of its nominee, but SunTrust's failure to do so shall not be interpreted to be a waiver of any interest, and (ii) to do and perform all other acts and things necessary, proper and requisite to carry out the intent of this Security Agreement. The power herein granted shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest and may not be revoked until the Obligations have been paid in full, including all expenses payable by Owner and no amounts may be re-borrowed.

g.

Owner agrees to pay on demand all reasonable legal expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees, as permitted by applicable law, any appraisal fees and all reasonable expenses incurred or paid by SunTrust in protecting and enforcing the rights of SunTrust under this Security Agreement, including SunTrust’s right to take possession of the Collateral and its proceeds, and to hold, prepare for sale, sell and dispose of the Collateral.

Page 3 of 11


 

h.

This Security Agreement shall be a continuing agreement and shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of any interruptions in the business relations of the Borrower with SunTrust and shall apply to any ultimate balance which shall remain due by the Borrower to SunTrust; provided, however, that Owner may by written notice terminate this Security Agreement with respect to all Obligations of the Borrower incurred or contracted by the Borrower or acquired by SunTrust after the date on which such notice is personally delivered to or mailed via registered mail to the SunTrust address set forth below and accepted by SunTrust.

i.

Owner will defend the Collateral against the claims and demands of all parties. Owner will not, without prior written consent of SunTrust, grant any security interest in the Collateral and will keep it free from any lien, encumbrance or security interest.

Blanket Security Interest. If the Collateral is identified a Blanket Security Interest, Owner acknowledges and agrees that this Security Agreement and any financing statement filed in connection with this Security Agreement is intended to cover and does cover all assets of Owner, wherever located, whether now owned or subsequently acquired or arising and all proceeds and products thereof and includes, but is not limited to all of Owner’s:

a.

Accounts, insurance refund claims and all other insurance claims and proceeds, tax refund claims, license fees, rents, contract rights, instruments, certificates of deposit, documents, tangible chattel paper, electronic chattel paper, promissory notes, drafts, acceptances and other forms of obligations and receivables, whether or not earned by performance;

b.

Inventory;

c.

Equipment;  

d.

General Intangibles;

e.

Commercial tort claims, letter of credit rights, awards and other payments in respect of any taking and all insurance proceeds in respect of any of the foregoing, and all monies and claims for money due and to become due to Owner under all its Accounts, contract rights, leases and General Intangibles, all investment property and financial assets, all as said terms are defined in the Uniform Commercial Code.

Accounts. If the Collateral includes Accounts, the following shall apply.

a.

Owner warrants that to the best of its knowledge and belief: (i) each and every Account, now owned or hereafter acquired, is a bona fide existing obligation, valid and enforceable against the account debtor, for goods sold or leased and delivered or services rendered in the ordinary course of business; and (ii) it is subject to no dispute, defense or offset; Owner has good title to the Account and has full right and power to grant SunTrust a security interest in the Accounts and Owner shall promptly notify SunTrust of any Account to which these warranties are or become untrue; Owner agrees that it will not permit any return of merchandise, the sale of which gave rise to any of the Accounts, except in the usual and regular course of business;

b.

Owner shall maintain complete and accurate books and records, and its principal books and records, including all records concerning Accounts, shall be kept and maintained at the locations delineated in Schedule “A”. Owner shall not move such books and records without giving SunTrust at least 30 days prior written notice. It is specifically agreed that SunTrust shall have and Owner hereby grants to SunTrust a security interest in all books  and records of Owner and shall have access to them at any time for inspection, verification, examination and audit;

c.

Owner will prepare and deliver to SunTrust, at SunTrust’s request from time to time, a listing and aging of all Accounts and any further schedules or information with respect to Accounts that SunTrust may require;

d.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is not cured within any applicable cure or grace period, SunTrust shall have the right to notify account debtors of its security interest in the Accounts and supporting obligations and require payments to be made directly to SunTrust. Owner hereby appoints SunTrust and any officer or employee of SunTrust, as SunTrust may from time to time designate, as its attorneys-in-fact for Owner, upon the occurrence of an Event of Default which is not cured within any applicable cure or grace period, to sign and endorse in the name of Owner, to give notice in the name of Owner, and to perform all other actions necessary or desirable in the reasonable discretion of SunTrust to effect these provisions and carry out the intent hereof, all at the cost and expense of Owner. Owner hereby ratifies and approves all acts of such attorneys-in-fact and neither SunTrust nor any other such attorneys-in-fact will be liable for any acts of commission or omission nor for any error of judgment. This power being coupled with an interest is irrevocable so long as any Account or General Intangible pledged to SunTrust remains unpaid and the Borrower has any unpaid Obligations to SunTrust. The reasonable costs of such collection and enforcement, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, shall be borne solely by Owner whether the same are incurred by SunTrust or Owner;

Page 4 of 11


 

e.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of a Default which is not cured within any applicable grace or cure period, at the option of SunTrust, all payments on the Accounts received by Owner shall be remitted to SunTrust in their original form on the day of receipt; all notes, checks, drafts and other instruments so received shall be duly endorsed to the order of SunTrust. At SunTrust’s election, the payments shall be deposited into a special deposit account (“Special Account”) maintained with SunTrust. SunTrust may designate with each such deposit the particular Account upon which payment was made. The Special Account shall be held by SunTrust as additional security for the Obligations. Prior to depositing payments on the Accounts into the Special Account, Owner agrees that it will not commingle such payments with any of Owner’s funds or property, but will hold them separate and apart and in trust for SunTrust. SunTrust will have the power to withdraw funds from the Special Account. SunTrust may at any time and from time to time, in its sole discretion, apply any part of the funds in the Special Account to the Obligations whether or not the same is due. Upon full and final satisfaction of the Obligations (including without limitation all fees and expenses owing to SunTrust or its attorneys), plus termination of any commitment to extend additional funds, SunTrust will pay to Owner any excess funds, whether received by SunTrust as a deposit in the Special Account or as a direct payment on any of the Accounts;

f.

If any of Owner’s Accounts arise out of contracts with the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, Owner will promptly notify SunTrust in writing and execute any instruments and take any steps required by SunTrust in order that all moneys due and to become due under such contracts shall be assigned to SunTrust and in order that proper notice be given under the Federal Assignment of Claims Act;

g.

SunTrust shall not be liable and shall suffer no loss on account of loss or depreciation of any Account due to acts or omissions of SunTrust unless SunTrust’s conduct is willful and malicious, and SunTrust shall have no duty to take any action to preserve the Collateral or collect Accounts;

h.

Upon request by SunTrust, Owner will note on its records concerning the Accounts, a notation of the security interest under this Security Agreement, which notation must be satisfactory to SunTrust in both form and content;

i.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of a Default which is not cured within any applicable grace or cure period,SunTrust may enforce collection of any Account and supporting obligation by suit or otherwise and may surrender, release or exchange all or any part thereof, or compromise, extend or renew the same for any period. All monies so received by SunTrust may in SunTrust’s sole discretion, be either (i) applied by SunTrust directly toward payment of all or any part of the Obligations, whether or not then due, in such order of application as SunTrust may determine; or (ii) deposited to the credit of Borrower or in an account with SunTrust as security for payment of the Obligations and SunTrust may, from time to time, in its sole discretion, permit Borrower to use all or any part of the funds on deposit in said account in the normal course of business. Owner will promptly reimburse SunTrust for all expenses, including  reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses, incurred by SunTrust in seeking to collect on or enforce collection of such amounts; and

j.

Upon the occurrence of an Event of a Default which is not cured within any applicable grace or cure period, after notice from SunTrust, Owner will forthwith, upon receipt, transmit and deliver to SunTrust, in the form received, all cash, checks, drafts, items, chattel paper and other instruments or writing for the payment of money (properly endorsed, where required, so that such items may be collected by SunTrust) which may be received by Owner at any time in full or partial payment or otherwise as proceeds of any of the Accounts. After such notice from SunTrust, Owner will not commingle any such proceeds with any other of its funds or property, but will hold them separate and apart from Owner’s own funds or property and in express trust for SunTrust until delivery is made to SunTrust, and

k.

To protect SunTrust’s rights hereunder, Owner hereby constitutes any officer or employee of SunTrust its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power of substitution to endorse or sign the name of Owner upon any invoice, freight or express bill, or bill of lading relating to any Account covered hereby and to notify the post office authorities to change the address for delivery of Owner’s mail relating to the Accounts to an address designated by SunTrust and to receive, open, and dispose of all mail relating to the Accounts addressed to Owner and to do and perform all other acts and things necessary, proper and requisite to carry out the intent of this Security Agreement. This power shall be deemed to be coupled with an interest and may not be revoked by Owner until the Obligations have been paid in full.

Inventory. If the Collateral includes Inventory, the following shall apply:

a.

Owner agrees to maintain books and records pertaining to the Inventory in such detail, form and scope as SunTrust shall require. Owner shall promptly advise SunTrust of any substantial changes relating to the type, or quantity of the Inventory or any event which would have a material effect on the value of the Inventory or on the security interest granted to SunTrust.

b.

If the Inventory remains in the possession or control of any of Owner’s agents or processors, Owner shall notify such agents or processors of SunTrust’s security interest, and upon request, instruct them to hold such Inventory for SunTrust’s account and subject to SunTrust’s instruction.

c.

Owner will prepare and deliver to SunTrust, at SunTrust’s request from time to time, a listing of all Inventory and such information regarding the Inventory as SunTrust may require.

Page 5 of 11


 

d.

SunTrust may require Owner to assemble the Inventory and make it available to SunTrust at a place to be designated by SunTrust which is reasonably convenient. SunTrust may take possession of the Inventory without a court order.

e.

Until default hereunder, Owner may, unless otherwise provided in this Security Agreement, in the ordinary course of business, at its own expense, sell, lease or furnish under contract of service any of the Inventory normally held by Owner for such purpose.

Insurance, Taxes and Assessments. Owner shall at all times keep insurable Collateral insured against any and all risks, including, without limitation, fire, and such other insurance, including but not limited to flood insurance, as may be required by SunTrust from time to time, and in such amounts as may be satisfactory to SunTrust. Insurance may be purchased from an insurer of Owner’s choice, except as otherwise required by law. All such insurance policies are to be made payable to SunTrust, in the event of loss, under a standard non-contributory “mortgagees”, “lenders”, or “secured party” clause and shall contain a breach of warranty provision acceptable to SunTrust which shall establish SunTrust’s right to be paid the insurance proceeds irrespective of any action, inaction, breach of warranty or conditions, or negligence of Owner or any other person or entity with respect to such policies. All such insurance policies shall provide for a minimum of thirty days written notice to SunTrust prior to cancellation. Owner appoints SunTrust attorney-in-fact to file claims under any insurance policies, to receive, receipt and give acquittance for any payments that may be payable to Owner hereunder, and to execute any and all endorsements, receipts, releases, assignments, reassignments, or other documents that may be necessary to effect the collection, compromise or settlement of any claims under any such insurance policies, which power of attorney shall be deemed coupled with an interest and irrevocable so long as SunTrust has a security interest in any of the Collateral. Owner shall provide proof of such insurance as requested by SunTrust. Owner shall pay and discharge all taxes, assessments and charges of every kind prior to the date when such taxes, assessments or charges shall become delinquent and provide proof of such payments to SunTrust, upon request. However, nothing contained in this Security Agreement shall require Owner to pay any such taxes, assessments and charges so long as it shall contest its validity in good faith and shall post any bond or security required by SunTrust against the payment. Upon the failure of Owner to purchase required insurance or to pay such required amounts, SunTrust, at its option, and at Owner’s expense, may obtain such insurance or pay such taxes, assessments, and charges. In addition, SunTrust may from time to time, in its sole discretion, perform any undertakings of Owner which Owner shall fail to perform and take any other action which SunTrust deems necessary for the maintenance or preservation of any of the Collateral. Any amounts so paid shall be included in the Obligations secured by the Collateral. At SunTrust’s request, Owner agrees to promptly reimburse SunTrust on demand for all such reasonable expenses incurred by SunTrust, together with interest thereon from the date paid by SunTrust at the highest rate payable on the Obligations. Any insurance obtained by SunTrust, at its option, may be single or dual interest, protecting its rights, rights of Owner or joint rights. Any insurance obtained by SunTrust may provide, at its option, that such insurance will pay the lesser of the unpaid balance of the Obligations or the repair or replacement value of the Collateral. SunTrust may use the proceeds of any insurance obtained by Owner or by SunTrust to repair or replace the Collateral or, if SunTrust elects to do so, to repay part or all of the Obligations, whether or not then due, and in such order as SunTrust may determine, and the Borrower will still be responsible to repay any remaining unpaid balance of the Obligations. The whole or partial loss or destruction of all or any part of the Collateral shall not affect or impair the obligation of any person or entity liable under the Obligations.

Deposit Accounts. If the Collateral includes deposit accounts, the Collateral shall include all demand, time, savings, passbook and other deposit accounts of Owner with all banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations and other financial institutions which are now owned or hereafter acquired by Owner or in which Owner now has or hereafter acquires any right, title or interest, together with all proceeds of the deposit accounts.

Additional Covenants and Agreements if Borrower is Different than Owner.   If Borrower is different than Owner, then so long as any of the Obligations remain outstanding or so long as this Security Agreement shall remain in effect Owner covenants and agrees as follows: (a) Owner hereby expressly consents to and adopts any agreements which Borrower has entered into or will enter into with SunTrust regarding any of the Obligations or the Collateral; (b) Owner hereby agrees that the Collateral shall be subject to disposition in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Security Agreement and any agreements executed by Borrower in connection with any of the Obligations or the Collateral; (c) Owner will not be subrogated to SunTrust's rights to any other collateral and any proceeds thereof in which SunTrust holds a security interest to secure payment of any of the Obligations; (d) Owner agrees that SunTrust may at any time and from time to time, without notice to, or the consent of, Owner: (i) retain any of the Collateral in satisfaction of any of the Obligations to the extent permitted by applicable law, (ii) retain or obtain a security interest or lien in any property in addition to the Collateral to secure payment or performance of any of the Obligations, (iii) allow or cause any Obligations to be incurred, (iv) retain or obtain persons or entities that are primarily or secondarily obligated upon any of the Obligations other than the Borrower, (v) extend or renew any of the Obligations for any period (whether or not longer than the original term), (vi) release, compromise or modify any of the Obligations, (vii) release, in whole or in part, any person or entity primarily or secondarily obligated upon any of the Obligations or enter into any compromise with respect to the obligation of any such person or entity relative to any of the Obligations, (viii) release, with or without consideration, SunTrust's security interest or lien in any property other than the Collateral which may at any time secure payment or performance of any of the Obligations, (ix) accept substitutions or exchanges for any property other than the Collateral which may at any time secure payment or performance of any of the Obligations, (x) exercise its rights as a secured party and dispose of the Collateral without having first resorted to any property securing any of the Obligations other than the Collateral and without having first proceeded against or demanded payment from any person or entity primarily or secondarily obligated upon any of the Obligations; and (e) Owner specifically waives any and all rights pursuant to O.C.G.A. Sec. 10-7-24 or T.C.A. Sec. 47-12-101 et seq. if this Security Agreement is governed by the laws of Georgia or Tennessee and the same or similar provision contained in the Uniform Commercial Code of any other state or states which may govern this Security Agreement.

Page 6 of 11


 

Events of Default. As used herein the term “Obligor” shall individually, collectively, jointly and severally refer to Borrower, Owner and any other person or entity that is primarily or secondarily liable upon all or any part of the Obligations secured hereby and any person or entity that has conveyed or may hereafter convey any security interest or lien to SunTrust in any real or personal property to secure payment of all or any part of the Obligations. Unless prohibited by applicable law, an “Event of Default” shall occur hereunder upon the occurrence of any one or more of the following events or conditions:

a.

the failure by any Obligor to pay when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, any sum constituting all or any part of the Obligations;

b.

the failure of any Obligor to perform any non-monetary covenant, promise or obligation contained in this Security Agreement, any document evidencing any of the Obligations, or any other non-monetary agreement to which any Obligor and SunTrust are parties (the “Loan Documents”), other than those specifically described as an “Event of Default” in this Security Agreement and with respect to such breach that by its nature can be cured, such breach shall continue for a period of fifteen (15) days after receipt by Borrower of notice from SunTrust, provided that the foregoing cure period shall only be available once during each twelve (12) month period for each such covenant, promise, or obligation;

c.

the breach of any of any Obligor’s material representations or warranties in this Security Agreement or any other agreement with SunTrust;

d.

the failure of any Obligor to pay when due a sum in excess of $50,000,00 owed to any creditor other than SunTrust under a written agreement calling for the payment of money;

e.

dissolution, liquidation, merger, consolidation, termination or suspension of usual business of any Obligor, other than a merger or consolidation between any Obligor and any of its affiliates or subsidiaries provided that 30 days prior written notice identifying the partes to the dissolution, merger or consolidation and the proposed dated and survivor of the transaction is delivered to SunTrust;

f.

the insolvency or inability to pay debts as they mature of any Obligor, the filing of any petition or the commencement of any proceeding by an Obligor for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any law relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness, debtor reorganization, or composition or extension of debt;

g.

the filing of any petition or the commencement of any preceeding against an Obligor by a third party for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any law relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness, debtor reorganization, composition or extension of debt which is not dismissed within 60 days of filing or commencement;

h.

the entry of a judgment or the issuance or service of any attachment, levy or garnishment against any Obligor or the property of any Obligor or the repossession or seizure of property of any Obligor for a sum in excess of $50,000.00 which is not satisfied, dismissed, dissolved, terminated, or replaced with a bond within 60 days of such entry, issuance, service levey, repossession, or seizure;

i.

a determination by SunTrust that a material adverse change in the financial condition of all Obligors, taken as a whole, has occurred since the date of this Security Agreement, which material adverse change impairs the ability of all Obligors, taken as whole, to continue normal business operations or to perform their obligations under the Loan Documents; or

j.

any Obligor commits fraud or makes a material misrepresentation at any time in connection with this Security Agreement, the Obligations or the Collateral; or

k.

the sale or transfer by any Obligor of all or substantially all of such Obligor's assets other than in the ordinary course of business; or

l.

Michael Kosloske ceases to be the Chief Executive Officer of Borrower.

Remedies Upon Default; Acceleration of Obligations. Unless prohibited by applicable law, the Obligations secured hereby shall automatically and simultaneously mature and become due and payable, without notice or demand, upon the filing of any petition or the commencement of any proceeding by or against an Obligor for relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency law, or any law relating to the relief of debtors, readjustment of indebtedness, debtor reorganization, or composition or extension of debt.  Unless prohibited by applicable law, upon the occurrence of any one or more of the other Events of Default described above, the Obligations secured hereby shall, at the option of SunTrust, immediately mature and become due and payable, without notice or demand. If all or any part of the Obligations secured hereby are not paid as and when due and payable, whether by acceleration or otherwise, then SunTrust may, at its option, without notice or demand of any kind: (a) transfer all or any part of the Collateral into the name of SunTrust or its nominee, at Owner's expense, with or without disclosing that such Collateral is subject to SunTrust's security interest; (b) enter upon premises upon which the Collateral is located and, to the extent permitted by law without legal process, take exclusive possession of the Collateral, and redeem the Collateral, or any part thereof (irrespective of redemption penalty); (c) appropriate and apply toward payment of such of the Obligations, and in such order of application, as SunTrust may from time to time elect, all or any part of any balances, credits, items or monies in any bank deposit or deposit account constituting a part of the Collateral; (d) sell the Collateral at public or private sale, either in whole or in part, and SunTrust may purchase the Collateral at any such public sale and at any private sale as permitted by law. Such sale shall result in the sale, conveyance and disposition of all right, title and interest of Owner in all or any part of the Collateral which is the subject of such a disposition and SunTrust is authorized as attorney-in-fact for Owner to sign

Page 7 of 11


 

and execute any transfer, conveyance or instrument in writing that may be necessary or desirable to effectuate any such disposition of the Collateral, which power shall be coupled with an interest; and (e) exercise all other rights of a secured party under the Uniform Commercial Code and all other rights under law or pursuant to this Security Agreement, all of which shall be cumulative. If any notification of intended disposition of any Collateral is required by law, reasonable notification shall be deemed given if written notice is deposited in the U.S. Mail, first class or certified postage prepaid, addressed to Owner and such other persons or entities as SunTrust deems to be appropriate, stating all items required by applicable statutes, including the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or disposition is to be made, at least ten (10) days prior thereto. The proceeds of any disposition of the Collateral shall be applied in the following order (i) First, to pay all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses associated with the retaking, holding, preparation and disposition of the Collateral; (ii) Then to pay attorneys' fees; (iii) Next, to pay all accrued but unpaid interest upon the Obligations in such order as SunTrust may determine in its discretion; and (iv) Finally, to all unpaid principal outstanding upon the Obligations, whether or not due and payable, in such order as SunTrust may determine in its discretion. Any remaining surplus shall be paid to Owner or otherwise in accordance with law. If the proceeds of such disposition are insufficient to pay the Obligations in full, Borrower and all other persons or entities liable thereon shall remain fully obligated to SunTrust for the unpaid balance thereof.

Execution by More than One Party.  The term “Owner” as used in this Security Agreement shall, if this instrument is signed by more than one party, mean the “Owner and each of them” and each shall be jointly and severally obligated and liable. If any party is a partnership or limited liability company, the agreements and obligations on the part of Owner shall remain in force and applicable regardless of any changes in the parties comprising the partnership or limited liability company and the term “Owner” shall include any altered or successor partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, and the predecessor partnership or limited liability company and its partners or members/managers shall not be released from any obligation or liability.

Waivers by Owner. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Owner hereby waives (a) notice of acceptance of this Security Agreement and of any extensions or renewals of credit by SunTrust to the Borrower; (b) presentment and demand for payment of the Obligations; (c) protest and notice of dishonor or default to Owner or to any other party with respect to the Obligations; (d) all other notices to which Owner might otherwise be entitled; and (e) if for business purposes, the benefit of any homestead exemption. To the extent permitted by applicable law, Owner further waives any right to require that any action be brought against the Borrower or any other party, the right to require that resort be had to any security or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of SunTrust in favor of the Borrower or any other party, the right to redeem the Collateral and to object to SunTrust's proposal to retain the Collateral in satisfaction of any of Obligations and any right to obtain injunctive or other relief relative to SunTrust's sale or other disposition of the Collateral and to recover losses caused by SunTrust's failure to approve or correct any list of Collateral provided to SunTrust for any purpose by any person or entity. Owner waives all rights, claims and defenses based on principles of suretyship.

No Obligation to Extend Credit. This Security Agreement shall not be construed to impose any obligation on SunTrust to extend or continue to extend any credit at any time.

Indemnity. Owner agrees to indemnify and hold harmless SunTrust, its subsidiaries, affiliates, successors, and assigns and their respective agents, directors, employees, and officers from and against any and all complaints, claims, defenses, demands, actions, bills, causes of action (including, without limitation, reasonable costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), and losses of every nature and kind whatsoever, which may be raised or sustained by any directors, officers, employees, shareholders, creditors, regulators, successors in interest, or receivers of the Borrower or any third party as a result of or arising out of, directly or indirectly, SunTrust extending credit as evidenced by the Obligations to the Borrower, and taking the Collateral as security for the Obligations, and Owner agrees to be liable for any and all judgments which may be recovered in any such action, claim, proceeding, suit, or bill, including any compromise or settlement thereof, and defray any and all reasonable expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees, that may be incurred in or by reason of such actions, claims, proceedings, suits, or bills. This obligation to indemnify shall survive the payment of the Obligations and the satisfaction of this Security Agreement.

Financing Statements and Additional Documentation. SunTrust is authorized to file such financing statements and amendments as SunTrust deems necessary to perfect, continue or assure its security interest in the Collateral and Owner hereby ratifies any financing statement filed previously by SunTrust. Owner will deliver such instruments of future assignment or assurance, and such other agreements, as SunTrust may from time to time request to carry out the intent of this Security Agreement, and will join with SunTrust in executing any documents in form satisfactory to SunTrust, and hereby authorizes SunTrust to sign for Owner, or to file without signature, any financing statements, amendments and other documents and instruments from time to time as SunTrust may deem advisable, and pay any cost of filing the same, including all recordation, transfer, indebtedness and other taxes and fees, deemed advisable by SunTrust.

Successor in Interest: SunTrust as Collateral Agent. This Security Agreement shall be binding upon Owner, its successors and assigns, and the benefits hereof shall inure to SunTrust, its successors and assigns. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner shall not assign Owner’s rights or obligations under this Security Agreement without SunTrust’s prior written consent. SunTrust Bank shall serve as collateral agent on behalf of itself and present and future affiliates.

Page 8 of 11


 

Miscellaneous. (a) Each and every power given herein is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable by death or otherwise. (b) The captions of the paragraphs of this Security Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute a part hereof or used in construing the intent of the parties. (c) If any part of any provision of this Security Agreement shall be invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, such part shall be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity only, without in any way affecting the remaining parts of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Security Agreement. (d) This Security Agreement shall not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by Owner and SunTrust. (e) All representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained herein or made in writing by Owner in connection herewith shall survive the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement and any and all notes, other agreements, documents and writings relating to or arising out of any of the foregoing or any of the Obligations. (f) All rights and remedies of SunTrust expressed herein are in addition to all other rights and remedies possessed by SunTrust under applicable law or other agreements, including rights and remedies under any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the Obligations or any security therefor. (g) No waiver by SunTrust of any of its rights or remedies or of any default shall operate as a waiver of any other right or remedy or of any other default or of the same right or remedy or of the same default on a future occasion. No delay or omission on the part of SunTrust in exercising any right or remedy shall operate as a waiver thereof, and no single or partial exercise by SunTrust of any right or remedy shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. No action of SunTrust permitted hereunder or under any agreement or instrument relating to any of the Obligations or any security therefor shall impair or affect the rights of SunTrust in and to the Collateral. (h) All terms as defined herein shall include both the plural and singular, where applicable. (i) All notices or communications given to Owner or SunTrust pursuant to the terms of this Security Agreement shall be in writing and given to Owner and SunTrust at the address set forth below. Unless otherwise specifically provided herein to the contrary, such written notices and communications shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the parties hereto at the addresses referred to herein or to such other addresses as either party may designate to the other party by a written notice given in accordance with the provisions of this Security Agreement. Any written notice delivered by hand or by overnight courier service shall be deemed given or received upon receipt. Any written notice delivered by U.S. Mail shall be deemed given or received on the third (3rd) business day after being deposited in the U.S. Mail. (j) SunTrust shall not be responsible or liable for its failure to give notice to Owner of any default in the payment of any amounts that might become due and owing with respect to the Collateral nor shall SunTrust be responsible or liable for SunTrust's failure to collect any amounts payable with respect to the Collateral. (k) SunTrust shall be under no obligation to monitor the market value of any Collateral, to advise Owner of such market value, or to take any action whatsoever to preserve the value of any Collateral by selling, exchanging or otherwise disposing of such Collateral in order to avoid any loss to Owner resulting from a decline in the market value of such Collateral. (l) SunTrust shall be under no obligation to pay any amounts owing with respect to any Collateral. (m) This Security Agreement is in addition to and not in replacement of any other agreement between Owner and SunTrust, and in the event any previous or subsequent security agreement by Owner does not exclude an Excluded Swap Obligation from the grant of a security interest thereunder, the terms of this Security Agreement as it relates to any Excluded Swap Obligation will control. (n) The term Owner shall include all persons signing below as Owner and the obligation of such Owners hereunder shall be their joint and several obligations.

Notice: This Section Does Not Apply To Transactions Governed by the Laws of North Carolina or West Virginia.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. OWNER AND SUNTRUST HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, INTENTIONALLY, AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE RIGHT EITHER OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, BASED HEREON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO. THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR SUNTRUST ENTERING INTO OR ACCEPTING THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT. FURTHER, OWNER HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF SUNTRUST, NOR SUNTRUST’S COUNSEL, HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUNTRUST WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF SUCH LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL PROVISION.

Confidentiality

SunTrust agrees not to disclose or use any Confidential Information (as hereinafter defined) provided to SunTrust except in connection with the indebtedness owed by Owner as evidenced, inter alia, by that certain: (i) Commercial Note from Borrower and payable to Bank in the principal amount of $15,000,000.00; and (ii) Agreement to Commercial Note between SunTrust and Borrower (collectively, the “Transaction”).  SunTrust agrees to take normal and commercially reasonable precautions to maintain the confidentiality and prevent the unauthorized use of the Confidential Information.  Confidential Information may be disclosed to (i) SunTrust's legal counsel and other third party advisors (collectively, “Advisors”), (ii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (iii) to the extent requested by any regulatory agency or authority, (iv) to enforce any remedy hereunder or under any of the documents executed and delivered by any Obligor to SunTrust (collectively, the “Loan Documents”) or in connection with any suit, action or proceeding relating to the this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Transaction or the enforcement of its rights hereunder or thereunder, or (vi) with the written consent of the Borrower.  Any

Page 9 of 11


 

individual or entity obligated to abide by the confidentiality and non-use provisions of this section shall be considered to have complied with such obligations to do so if such individual or entity has exercised normal and commercially reasonable precautions, but in no event less than those precautions that it uses to protect its own confidential and proprietary information of similar importance.  In any event, SunTrust shall be responsible for any breach of this Section by it or any of its Advisors.

If SunTrust is compelled or desires to disclose any of the Confidential Information pursuant to clause (ii), above (“Disclosure Action”), SunTrust will provide Borrower with prompt written notice (to the extent legally permitted) of each such Disclosure Action so that Borrower may (at its expense) seek an appropriate protective order or other appropriate remedy and/or waive SunTrust’s compliance with the provisions of this section.  In addition, if requested by Borrower, SunTrust shall assist Borrower at Borrower's expense in obtaining a protective order and taking other legally available steps to resist or narrow any Disclosure Action falling within clause (ii) above.  In the event that a protective order or other remedy is not obtained promptly, SunTrust may furnish that portion (and only that portion) of the Confidential Information which, in the opinion of the SunTrust’s counsel, SunTrust is legally required to disclose and will otherwise exercise reasonable efforts to obtain reliable assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded any such Confidential Information so disclosed.

For purposes of this Section, “Confidential Information” means all non-public, confidential or proprietary information of any Obligor and their respective affiliates, which is identified in writing as such, in any form; and shall include any notes, analyses, compilations, reports, forecasts, studies, samples, data, statistics, summaries, interpretations and other materials prepared by or for SunTrust that contain, are based on, or otherwise reflect or are derived, in whole or in part, from any of the foregoing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential Information” shall not include any information that (x) is or becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section, (y) was within SunTrust’s or its Advisors’ possession on a non-confidential basis from a source other than an Obligor that is not known by SunTrust or its Advisors to be subject to any obligation of confidentiality to any Obligor, or (z) was developed independently by SunTrust or its Advisors without any reference to or use of the Confidential Information.  

The undersigned have executed this Security Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

By:

(Entity Name)

 

 

(State of Incorporation),

 

 

 

By:

s Dirk A. Montgomery

 

 

 

Dirk A. Montgomery,

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Addresses

 

Owner Address for Purpose of Notice

15438 N. Florida Avenue, Suite 201

 

 

Tampa, Florida 33613-1223

 

SunTrust Address for Purpose of Notice

SunTrust Bank

 

 

Attn: Legal Notice Specialist

 

 

211 Perimeter Center Parkway, Suite 100

 

 

Atlanta, Georgia 30346

Page 10 of 11


 

SCHEDULE “A” TO SECURITY AGREEMENT

PRIMARY COLLATERAL LOCATIONS

1.

15438 North Florida Avenue, Suite 201

 

Tampa, Florida 33613

2.

440 North Wolfe Road

 

Sunnyvale, California 94024

3.

3216 Friendly Lane, Suite B

 

Haltom City, Texas 76117

4.

123 NW 13th Street, Suite 101

 

Boca Raton, Florida 33432

5.

6600 NW 16th Street, Suite 1

 

Plantation, Florida 33313

Page 11 of 11



 

Exhibit 10.24

 

Form of Notice to Guarantor

Notice To Guarantor

You are being asked to guarantee the debt described in the guaranty instrument below, including all future debts of the borrower entered into with the creditor.  Think carefully before you do. If Borrower doesn’t pay the debt, you will have to. Be sure you can afford to pay if you have to, and that you want to accept this responsibility.

You may have to pay up to the full amount of the debt, including all interest, if Borrower does not pay. You may also have to pay late fees and reasonable collection costs, which increase this amount.

The Bank can collect this debt from you without first trying to collect from Borrower. The Bank can use the same collection methods against you that can be used against Borrower, such as suing you, garnishing your wages, etc. If this debt is ever in default, that fact may become a part of your credit record.

This notice is not the contract that makes you liable for the debt.

I certify that I read and understood the notice above before signing the attached guaranty instrument.

 

(Entity Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

(Entity Name)

 

 

 

 

By:

(Entity Name)

 

 

 

 

(State of Incorporation)

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 s Dirk A. Montgomery

 

 

December 15, 2014

 

 

 

Dirk A. Montgomery,

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Vice President and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

{29820939;1}630071 (11/13) Attorney Prepared

Page 1 of 4

 

 


 

Form of Unconditional Guaranty

This guaranty of __________________________ (“Guarantor”) dated December 15, 2014, provides:

Whereas ________________ (herein, whether one or more, the “Borrower”), desires to transact business with and to obtain credit or a continuation of credit from SunTrust Bank, its present and future affiliates and their successors and assigns (collectively, “SunTrust”); and

Whereas, SunTrust is unwilling to extend or continue credit to Borrower unless it receives a guaranty from the undersigned Guarantor with respect to the Obligations, as defined below, of Borrower to SunTrust;

Now, Therefore, in consideration of the premises and of other good and valuable consideration and in order to induce SunTrust from time to time, in its sole discretion, to extend or continue credit to or enter into other transactions with Borrower, Guarantor absolutely and unconditionally guarantees to SunTrust performance and payment when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, of any and all Obligations of Borrower to SunTrust, together with all interest and charges related thereto, and reasonable attorneys’ fees, reasonable costs and reasonable expenses of collection incurred by SunTrust in enforcing the Obligations or this guaranty, subject to the provisions contained herein.

1.

The term “Obligations” or “Obligation” as used herein shall include, without limitation, any and all liabilities, obligations, agreements and undertakings of Borrower to SunTrust in any amount, whether now existing or hereafter arising (including those owed by Borrower to others and acquired by SunTrust through purchase, assignment or otherwise), however created, evidenced or arising, whether individually or jointly with others, and whether absolute or contingent, direct or indirect, as maker, endorser, guarantor, surety or otherwise, liquidated or unliquidated, matured or unmatured, whether or not secured by collateral, and including, without limitation, (a) all obligations to perform or forbear from performing any acts, (b) all overdrafts on deposits or accounts maintained by Borrower with SunTrust, (c) all liabilities, obligations, agreements and undertakings of Borrower  to SunTrust pursuant to any interest rate hedge agreement or other derivative transaction agreement or any foreign exchange contract or any application or other agreement requesting SunTrust to issue any letter of credit including, without limitation, the obligation of Borrower to reimburse SunTrust for all amounts funded by SunTrust pursuant to any such letter of credit (d) all obligations and other liabilities of Borrower  to SunTrust  in respect of any of the following services (i) any treasury or other cash management services, including, without limitation, automated clearing house (ACH) origination and other funds transfer, depository (including, without limitation,  cash vault and check deposit),  zero balance account and sweep,  returned items processing,  controlled disbursement, positive pay, lockbox,  account reconciliation and information reporting,  payables outsourcing, payroll processing, and  trade finance services, and (ii) card services, including, without limitation,  credit card (including, without limitation, purchasing card and commercial card), prepaid card (including, without limitation,  payroll, stored value and gift cards), merchant services processing, and debit card services and (e) all reasonable costs of collection and protection of SunTrust’s rights, including attorneys’ fees allowed by law (in the amount of 15% of the principal and interest secured hereby if guaranty is governed by the laws of Georgia), whether such collection or protection occurs prior to, during, or after any bankruptcy proceedings filed by or against Borrower; provided, however, that “Obligations” will not include any Excluded Swap Obligation (as hereinafter defined). “Excluded Swap Obligation” means any Swap Obligation (as hereinafter defined), if and to the extent that all or any portion of this guaranty of such Swap Obligation is or becomes illegal under the Commodity Exchange Act (7 U.S.C. §1 et seq.) (as amended and, together with any successor statute, the “Commodity Exchange Act”), or any rule, regulation or order of the Commodities Futures Trading Commission (or the application or official interpretation of any thereof), by virtue of Guarantor’s failure for any reason to constitute an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act and the regulations thereunder at the time that this guaranty becomes effective with respect to such Swap Obligation.  If a Swap Obligation arises under a master agreement governing more than one swap, the exclusion of such Swap Obligation under this guaranty shall apply only to the portion of such Swap Obligation that is attributable to swaps for which this guaranty is or becomes illegal. For purposes hereof, the term “Swap Obligation” means any obligation to pay or perform under any agreement, contract or transaction that constitutes a “swap” within the meaning of section 1a(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act.  

2.

This guaranty is a continuing guaranty, shall remain in force irrespective of any interruptions in the business relations of Borrower with SunTrust and shall apply to and guarantee any balance which shall remain due by Borrower to SunTrust; provided, however, that Guarantor may, by written notice delivered personally to an officer of SunTrust or received by registered mail by an officer of SunTrust, terminate this guaranty with respect to all Obligations of the Borrower incurred or contracted by the Borrower or acquired by SunTrust after the date on which the notice is actually received by such officer. Such termination shall not be applicable to any Obligation incurred prior to the receipt of such notice by SunTrust.

{29820939;1}630071 (11/13) Attorney Prepared

Page 2 of 4

 

 


 

3.

SunTrust may at any time and from time to time, in the exercise of its sole discretion, either before or after default by Borrower or revocation or termination of this guaranty, without the consent of or notice to Guarantor, and without incurring responsibility to Guarantor, or releasing or impairing the liability of Guarantor, or any security available to SunTrust, upon or without any terms or conditions:

a.

Change the manner, place, or terms of payment (including payment amounts and rate of interest) and/or change or extend the time of payment, renew or alter any Obligation, any collateral or security therefore, or any Obligation incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, and this guaranty shall apply to the Obligations as so changed, extended, renewed or altered;

b.

Sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any collateral or security at any time held by or available to SunTrust for any Obligation, or for any obligations of Guarantor or any person secondarily or otherwise liable for any of the Obligations; SunTrust shall have full authority to adjust, compromise and receive less than the amount due upon any such collateral;

c.

Exercise or refrain from exercising any rights against Borrower, Guarantor or others, or otherwise act or refrain from acting;

d.

Release, compromise, or agree not to sue, in whole or in part, Borrower, Guarantor or any other party obligated on any of the Obligations;

e.

Apply any sums received by it from any source to any Obligation or Obligations, in such order as payments are applied under any promissory note outstanding from Borrower to Bank. All payments shall be conclusively presumed to have been made by Borrower and no payment shall operate to reduce the obligation of a Guarantor unless, at the time such payments are made, written notice is delivered to an officer of SunTrust that such payments are made by a Guarantor in reduction of Guarantor’s liability hereunder, and such payments are actually made by Guarantor; and

f.

Fail to set off and release, in whole or in part, any balance of any deposit account or credit on its books in favor of Borrower, or any other person liable for any of the Obligations, and may extend further credit in any manner to Borrower, and generally deal with Borrower or any security or other person liable for any of the Obligations as SunTrust, in its sole discretion, may see fit.

4.

As security for the payment of the Obligations and the obligation of Guarantor hereunder, Guarantor hereby assigns and grants a security interest to SunTrust in (a) all property of Guarantor in or coming into the possession, control or custody of SunTrust, or in which SunTrust has or hereafter acquires a lien, security interest, or other right; and (b) any existing or hereafter created lien or security interest in favor of Guarantor in any property of Borrower.

5.

Guarantor waives notice of future advances and notice of acceptance of the guaranty and notice, including notice of default, on any Obligation to which it may apply, and waives notice of presentment and demand for payment of any of the Obligations, suit or other action taken by SunTrust against, and any other notice to, Guarantor or to any other party liable for the Obligations. Guarantor waives all defenses, offsets and counterclaims which Guarantor may at any time have to any claim of SunTrust against Borrower. Except for any limitation which is specified above with respect to the amount of the maximum liability of Guarantor, this is an unconditional guaranty, and the liability of Guarantor to SunTrust shall not be terminated or in any way limited by reason or as the result of anything set forth or contained in any writing evidencing all or any part of the Obligations, nor shall it be limited to a proportionate part of the total of the Obligations. This is a guaranty of payment and not of collection and Guarantor waives any right to require that any action be brought against Borrower or any other person or to require that resort be had to any security or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of SunTrust in favor of Borrower or any other person and agrees that SunTrust is not responsible for the validity, perfection, recordation or enforceability of any collateral or security for the Obligations.

6.

Guarantor hereby ratifies, confirms, and adopts all the terms, conditions, agreements and stipulations of all notes and other evidences of the Obligations heretofore or hereafter executed.  Without in any way limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor waives and renounces any and all homestead exemption right Guarantor may have under or by virtue of the Constitution or laws of any state, or the United States, as against the obligation hereby created, provided however, that such waiver shall not apply to any obligation created hereunder which arises from any of the Obligations that are consumer credit transactions; and Guarantor does hereby transfer, convey and assign, and direct any Trustee in Bankruptcy or receiver to deliver to SunTrust, a sufficient amount of property or money in any homestead exemption that may be allowed to Guarantor to pay any Obligation in full and all reasonable costs of collection.  Guarantor waives and renounces any defense to any of the Obligations which may be available to or could be asserted by Borrower, except for payment.  

7.

Guarantor subordinates all indebtedness of Borrower owing to Guarantor, whether now existing or hereafter arising, to the Obligations. Guarantor further agrees that it shall not be subrogated to, and will not enforce on its behalf, any right of action which SunTrust may have against Borrower until every Obligation shall have been paid in full. SunTrust shall have the right, immediately and without further action by it, to set off against any obligation of Guarantor to SunTrust, all money owed by SunTrust in any capacity to Guarantor, after the occurrence of a default by Borrower and the failure of Borrower to cure such default during any applicable grace or cure period.

{29820939;1}630071 (11/13) Attorney Prepared

Page 3 of 4

 

 


 

8.

A subsequent guaranty by Guarantor shall not be deemed to be in lieu of or to supersede or terminate this guaranty but shall be construed as an additional or supplementary guaranty unless otherwise expressly provided therein; and in the event Guarantor, or any other guarantor, has given to SunTrust a previous guaranty or guaranties, this guaranty shall be construed to be an additional or supplemental guaranty, and not to be in lieu thereof or to terminate such previous guaranty or guaranties unless expressly so provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event any previous or subsequent guaranty by Guarantor does not exclude an Excluded Swap Obligation, the terms of this guaranty as it relates to any Excluded Swap Obligation will control.  

9.

This guaranty shall be binding on the Guarantor, notwithstanding the failure of any further contemplated guarantor(s) to execute similar instruments and notwithstanding the fact that the signature of one or more other parties guaranteeing the Obligations or any other existing or future signature shall be forged or unauthorized. The revocation of this guaranty in the manner permitted hereunder by Guarantor or any other party guaranteeing the Obligation, or the release by SunTrust of any one or more parties guaranteeing the Obligations, or the death of Borrower or Guarantor or any other party guaranteeing the Obligations, shall not affect or limit the liability of Guarantor, and SunTrust shall be under no duty to notify Guarantor of any such revocation, release or death.

10.

Guarantor warrants to SunTrust that Guarantor has adequate means to obtain from Borrower on continuing basis information concerning the financial condition of Borrower and that Guarantor is not relying on SunTrust to provide such information either now or in the future. Guarantor waives all errors and omissions in connection with SunTrust’s administration of the Obligations except behavior which amounts to gross negligence or willful misconduct. Guarantor represents and warrants that as of the date of this Guaranty it is an “eligible contract participant” as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act.

11.

No invalidity, irregularity or unenforceability of all or any part of the Obligations or of any collateral or security therefor shall affect, impair, or be a defense to this guaranty, and this guaranty is a primary obligation of Guarantor.

12.

The term “Guarantor” as used herein shall mean the undersigned Guarantor and if the undersigned is a partnership or limited liability company, the obligations and liability of Guarantor shall remain in full force and applicable notwithstanding any changes in the identity of the parties comprising the partnership or limited liability company, and the term “Guarantor” shall include any altered or successor partnership, limited liability company or other legal entity, and the predecessor partnership or limited liability company, and their partners or member/managers shall not thereby be released from any obligation or liability.

13.

No delay on the part of SunTrust in exercising any rights hereunder or failure to exercise the same shall operate as a waiver of such rights; no notice to or demand on Guarantor shall be deemed to be a waiver of the obligation of Guarantor or of the right of SunTrust to take further action without notice or demand as provided herein; nor in any event shall any modification or waiver of the provisions of this guaranty be effective unless in writing signed by SunTrust nor shall any such waiver be applicable except in the specific instance for which given.

14.

Notwithstanding the fact that the Obligations of Borrower may have been paid in full and this guaranty form may have been returned to Guarantor, the obligations of Guarantor hereunder shall continue in full force and effect with respect to any amounts that SunTrust may ever be required to repay under any Bankruptcy or insolvency laws.

15.

This guaranty shall not be construed to impose any obligation on SunTrust to extend or continue any credit at any time.

16.

Notice: This Section Does Not Apply To Transactions Governed by the Laws of North Carolina or West Virginia.

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. GUARANTOR AND SUNTRUST HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY, INTENTIONALLY, AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE RIGHT EITHER OF THEM MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION, WHETHER IN CONTRACT OR TORT, AT LAW OR IN EQUITY, BASED HEREON OR ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS GUARANTY AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENT OR INSTRUMENT CONTEMPLATED TO BE EXECUTED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THIS GUARANTY, OR ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTIONS OF ANY PARTY HERETO.  THIS PROVISION IS A MATERIAL INDUCEMENT FOR SUNTRUST ENTERING INTO OR ACCEPTING THIS GUARANTY.  FURTHER, GUARANTOR HEREBY CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE OR AGENT OF SUNTRUST, NOR SUNTRUST’S COUNSEL, HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUNTRUST WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF SUCH LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THIS WAIVER OF RIGHT TO JURY TRIAL PROVISION.

17.

Each reference herein to Borrower shall be deemed to include Borrower and its successors and assigns.  Each reference herein to SunTrust shall be deemed to include its successors and assigns, in whose favor the provisions of this guaranty shall also inure. Each reference herein to Guarantor shall be deemed to include heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, all of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this guaranty.

{29820939;1}630071 (11/13) Attorney Prepared

Page 4 of 4

 

 


 

18.

Guarantor agrees that certain material events and occurrences relating to this guaranty bear a reasonable relationship to the laws of Florida.  This guaranty shall be governed the laws of such jurisdiction and, unless applicable law provides otherwise, in the event of any legal proceeding arising out of or related to this guaranty, the guarantor consents to the jurisdiction and venue of any court located in such jurisdiction.  To the extent that any provision in this guaranty is inconsistent with applicable law, SunTrust will comply with applicable law.

The undersigned Guarantor has read, understands and agrees to the provisions of this guaranty and has executed the same voluntarily under seal, with full authority and with the intent to be legally bound by its terms, conditions and obligations.

 

 

(Entity Name)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

(Entity Name)

 

 

 

 

By:

(Entity Name)

 

 

 

(State of Incorporation)

 

 

 

By:

s Dirk A. Montgomery

 

 

Dirk A. Montgomery,

 

 

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

 

{29820939;1}630071 (11/13) Attorney Prepared

Page 5 of 4

 

 



 

Exhibit 21

LIST OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or
Organization

 

American Service Insurance Agency, LLC

 

Texas

 

Health Plan Intermediaries Holdings, LLC

 

Delaware

 

HealthPocket, Inc.

 

Delaware

 

Insurance Center for Excellence, LLC

 

Delaware

 

Secured Software Solutions, LLC

 

Florida

 

Simple Insurance Leads LLC

 

Delaware

 

Sunrise Group Marketing LLC

 

Florida

 

Sunrise Health Plans, LLC

 

Florida

 

 

 



Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements:

(1) Registration Statements (Forms S-3 No. 333-193842 and No. 333-201989) of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc., and

(2) Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-186503) pertaining to the Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan;

of our report dated March 25, 2014, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Tampa, Florida

March 18, 2015



Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We have issued our report dated March 18, 2015, with respect to the consolidated financial statements included in the Annual Report of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.  We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference of said report in the Registration Statements of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. on Forms S-3 (File No. 333-201989 and File No. 333-193842) and on Form S-8 (File No. 333-186503).

 

/s/ Grant Thornton LLP

Certified Public Accountants

Tampa, Florida

March 18, 2015



Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Michael W. Kosloske, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 18, 2015

 

/s/ Michael W. Kosloske

MICHAEL W. KOSLOSKE

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
(Principal Executive Officer)

 



Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Dirk A. Montgomery, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting, and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 18, 2015

 

/s/ Dirk A. Montgomery

DIRK A. MONTGOMERY

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
(Principal Financial Officer)

 



Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350, AS ADOPTED

PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Each of the undersigned in connection with this Annual report of Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the annual period ended December 31, 2014 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to the undersigned’s knowledge:

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

Date: March 18, 2015

 

/s/ Michael W. Kosloske

MICHAEL W. KOSLOSKE

CHAIRMAN OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS, PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

(Principal Executive Officer)

Date: March 18, 2015

 

/s/ Dirk A. Montgomery

DIRK A. MONTGOMERY

EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT AND CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
(Principal Financial Officer)

This certification accompanies the Report pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and shall not, except to the extent required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, be deemed filed by the Company for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and will be retained by Health Insurance Innovations, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Health Insurance Innovat... (NASDAQ:HIIQ)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Set 2024 até Out 2024 Click aqui para mais gráficos Health Insurance Innovat....
Health Insurance Innovat... (NASDAQ:HIIQ)
Gráfico Histórico do Ativo
De Out 2023 até Out 2024 Click aqui para mais gráficos Health Insurance Innovat....